|
|
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
8:00 AM–9:20 AM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
CE Instructor: Erin B. Rasmussen, Ph.D. |
|
SABA Award for Distinguished Service: Deisy de Souza |
Abstract: A Long-Lasting Partnership for the Study of Symbolic Behavior From a Behavioral Perspective
This presentation will summarize the achievements of The National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition, and Teaching, as an example of a collective effort in developing and applying Behavior Analysis to the understanding of relational learning and symbolic behavior. I have been coordinating the Institute since 2008, but its foundations were laid long before, under the leadership of Carolina Bori, Maria Amelia Matos, and Julio de Rose. Strong contributions from the E.K. Shriver Center research group and other internationally renowned researchers also helped to shape our research theme, which has been explored in basic, translational, and applied research. The Institute’s Basic research program is devoted to the development of new knowledge and new methodologies relevant to the understanding of symbolic function. The translational research component seeks the validation of new principles or procedures derived from basic studies in preliminary clinical/educational trials. The applied research component intends to develop feasible solutions to the challenge of providing scientifically based procedures in typical service settings, such as schools, clinics, etc. The integration of these research components demonstrates how basic, translational, and applied research constitute a continuum, leading from basic knowledge to service implementation. The Institute has devoted considerable effort in developing teaching programs to promote symbolic behavior and to remedy deficits in this repertoire, aiming to reach increasingly larger groups. Over the years, we have reported the main results of reading programs, but the Institute has also invested in math, music, and second language acquisition, and their prerequisites, with a particular interest in some challenging populations that may need intervention for the development or rehabilitation of symbolic repertoires. The Institute has also invested in the formation of human resources at all levels, from undergraduate students to post-doc researchers, many of which have been incorporated as members of the research team, thus increasing the Institute’s potential for research and application. |
|
DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
|
 Deisy de Souza is Full Professor at the Psychology Department, Universidade Federal de São Carlos (UFSCar), Brazil, where she teaches behavior analysis in graduate and undergraduate courses in Psychology, and in Special Education. She obtained her Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology at Universidade de São Paulo (USP), under the direction of Carolina Bori, and she held a post-doctoral position at the University of Maryland Baltimore County, in Charlie Catania’s Laboratory. She has published articles on avoidance behavior, choice, discriminative learning, and cooperative behavior in non-human subjects, and articles, books, and book chapters on human relational learning, including studies applying the stimulus equivalence paradigm to investigate the acquisition of symbolic relations involved in reading and writing repertoires, and to develop curricula to teach those skills. She is past-Editor of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis (BJBA), past-Associate Editor of Acta Comportamentalia, and she is currently a member of the Board of Editors of JEAB. She was President and member of the Council of the Brazilian Association of Psychology and member of the Brazilian Association of Psychology and Behavioral Medicine. She received the 2015 Distinguished Contributions to the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Award from the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB SIG), she is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), and she is currently the International Representative in the ABAI Executive Council and in the SABA Board of Directors. |
|
SABA Award for Scientific Translation: Stephen Higgins |
Abstract: Leveraging the Reinforcement Process to Improve Health
This presentation will briefly review how the reinforcement process underpins drug use and addiction and can be leveraged to reduce illicit and licit drug use. This potential also extends to improving other challenging public-health problems (e.g., preventing unplanned pregnancies) and adherence with life-saving secondary prevention interventions (e.g., cardiac rehabilitation). Because these health problems are often overrepresented in socio-economically disadvantaged populations, reinforcement-based interventions are also important to reducing health disparities. |
|
STEPHEN HIGGINS (University of Vermont) |
|
Stephen T. Higgins, Ph.D., is Director of the University of Vermont’s Center on Behavior and Health, and Principal Investigator on multiple NIH grants on the general topic of behavior and health, including an NIGMS Center for Biomedical Research Excellence (COBRE) award, a NIDA/FDA Tobacco Centers of Regulatory Science award, and a NIDA institutional training award. He is the Virginia H. Donaldson Endowed Professor of Translational Science in the Departments of Psychiatry and Psychological Science. He has held many national scientific leadership positions, including terms as President of the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the American Psychological Association’s Division on Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse. He has received numerous national awards for research excellence including a 2001 NIH-MERIT Award (NIDA), 2001 Don Hake Basic/Applied Research Award (Div 25, APA), 2011 Brady-Schuster Award for Outstanding Behavioral Science Contributions to Psychopharmacoloy or Substance Abuse (Div 28, APA), and a 2017 Mentorship Award (College on Problems of Drug Dependence). He is the author of more than 425 journal articles and invited book chapters and editor of a dozen volumes and therapist manuals in behavior and health. |
|
SABA Award for International Dissemination: Carbone Clinic |
Abstract: “We Happy Few, But Why So Few?”: Dissemination of Radical Behaviorism as a Response to Skinner
In 1981, at the Association for Behavior Analysis annual meeting in Milwaukee, B. F. Skinner presented his “We Happy Few” paper. He lamented about the small number of behavior analysts ready to solve societal problems with behavior analytic methods. In the 40-year period since Skinner’s remarks there has been a substantial increase in the number of behavior analysts. The majority of these individuals are applied behavior analysts responding to the demand for their service to children and adults with autism. While these behavior analysts are addressing a social issue of extreme importance, does their training also prepare them to disseminate the philosophy of radical behaviorism through their daily interactions leading to cultural benefits, e.g., end poverty, eliminate societal inequities, etc? Schlinger (2015) suggests that graduate training programs in behavior analysis that are responding to the demands of the autism epidemic, are not taking advantage of the opportunity to broaden the influence of the field by providing training in the conceptual and theoretical aspects of behavior analysis. Through the Carbone Clinics’ efforts to meet the needs of children with autism internationally, we have acknowledged the need for training in the philosophy of our science by incorporating heavy emphasis upon radical behaviorism. This emphasis can be found in our approach to treatment, trainings and workshops as well exposing our staff to a generalized approach consistent with Michael’s (1977) notion of “Radical Behaviorism as a Way of Life.” Where and how we have approached this dual-purposed mission of international dissemination will be discussed during this brief talk.
|
|
VINCENT JOSEPH CARBONE (Carbone Clinic) |
|
Dr. Vincent J. Carbone is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst-Doctorate and New York State Licensed Behavior Analyst. He received his graduate training in behavior analysis at Drake University and a doctorate in education from Nova-Southeastern University. He ecurrently serves as an adjunct faculty member at Penn State University and previously taught in the graduate programs in Behavior Analysis at the European Institute for the Study of Human Behavior (IESCUM), in Parma, Italy, and at the Medical School at the University of Salerno, Salerno, Italy. His behavior analytic research has been published in several peer-reviewed journals including the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Modification, and others. He has provided the requisite university training to hundreds of board certified behavior analysts in the U.S. and internationally. He is the 2017 recipient of the “Jack Michael Outstanding Contributions in Verbal Behavior Award” from the Association for Behavior Analysis International’s Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group. Currently, he serves as the director of the Carbone Clinics in London, UK and Dubai, UAE. All clinics provide behavior analytic consultation, training and therapeutic services to children and young adults with autism and developmental disabilities. The Carbone Clinic is the 2022 recipient of the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (SABA) award for “International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis”. Dr. Carbone currently serves as a member of the board of directors of the B. F. Skinner Foundation. |
|
SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions: Drake University |
Abstract: The Nonlinear Path of Drake University’s Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
The history of the behavior analysis program at Drake University is long and has undoubtedly experienced a nonlinear path over the last 50 years. Scott Wood, Kenneth and Maggie Lloyd were instrumental in initiating the Master’s program at Drake University in 1974. Four new positions that were added in 1974 were filled by behavior analysts including William Klipec and Larry Alferink in the experimental analysis of behavior (EAB), and John Williams and Maryann Powers in applied analysis of behavior (AAB). Through the seventies the program earned a strong national reputation for excellence in both EAB and AAB with an additional specialists’ degree in school psychology. During this time, in the mid to late 70s, the department, and its faculty, was a prime mover in the organization of Midwestern Association of Behavior Analysis (MABA) and the separation from Midwestern Psychological Association (MPA), which ultimately lead to the formation of the Association of Behavior Analysis (ABA; later added International; ABAI). Despite the contributions to the field, the weight of factors that contributed to its success ultimately led to the demise of the program during the late 80s. Nonetheless, the department continued its emphasis on behavior analysis and continued to send undergraduates to doctoral programs in behavior analysis developed in the 80s. Through the 2000’s, faculty in the program have worked to address the need for behavior analysts within Iowa with faculty holding leadership positions within the Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis. Their contributions led to licensure within the State of Iowa for behavior analysts and professional recognition by the Board of Educational Examiners thus continuing to impact the landscape of the profession on a broader scale. Dr. Klipec will expand upon the history of the department describing the height of the program and the pressures faced at a small liberal arts institution. |
|
WILLIAM KLIPEC (Drake University) |
|
Dr. Klipec received a B.A. from Kent State University, a M.A. from University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and a Ph.D. in experimental psychology from the University of Arizona. His main field is behavioral neuroscience and biological bases of learning. Dr. Klipec's primary instructional areas are statistics and research design, learning, and history of psychology and history of neuroscience.
His research uses behavioral pharmacology, and electro-encephalography (EEG) recorded from rat brains during ongoing performance of behavioral tasks to investigate the relationship between the mesolimbic reinforcement systems and basic learning processes. Recent research has investigated the relationship between EEG and rat models of Alzheimer’s disease and schizophrenia, and the role of cellular mechanisms in dopamine neurons in the ventral tegmental area in cocaine addiction. |
|
Honoring the Legacies of Illustrious Contributors to the Science of Behavior |
Abstract: With sadness and great admiration, we pay tribute to several remarkable individuals who left tremendous footprints in our field. We honor the legacy left behind by these friends, colleagues, and mentors whose contributions are indelible in the fabric of our discipline. While they may be lost to us, the importance of their research, writing, and the many people they have inspired will endure for decades to come. |
|
|
|
Target Audience: All convention registrants are welcome and encouraged to attend. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scholarly Contributions to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Paper Competition Winners |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 102B |
Area: DEI; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This competition is designed to encourage, promote, and reward behavior analytic scholarship on topics and issues in DEI, both in the field of behavior analysis and more broadly. Students (graduate or undergraduate) and post-graduate professionals who have completed empirical or conceptual papers relevant to DEI that are informed, at least in part, by a behavior-analytic perspective were invited to submit. This symposium includes presentations by the 2021 Student category winner, the 2022 Student category winner, and the 2022 Professional category winner. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the importance of measuring teacher-student interactions in the preschool setting; (2) state at least one reason why considering culture within behavior analysis is important; (3) identify at least one cultural adaptation that has been made within assessment, training, and intervention; (4) reflect on the importance language plays in the context of service delivery; (5) identify challenges in accessing services from the Latinx population and how to create learning opportunities. |
|
A Behavioral Approach to Analyzing Bias-Based Behaviors in Public Schools |
(Theory) |
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University), Sydney Marie Harmon (Western Michigan University), Nicole Hollins (EdBeeConsultations, LLC) |
Abstract: Students of color are more likely to receive negative teacher-student interactions compared to their peers. Some have attributed the inequalities of teacher-student interactions to implicit bias or bias-based behaviors. Given the impact of bias-based behaviors on student academic and social outcomes, it is critical for school-based practitioners to objectively measure bias-based behaviors to assist in providing culturally relevant and socially significant treatments. The most commonly cited procedure for assessing bias is the Implicit Bias Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). While the IRAP assessment has produced socially significant results, the utility and acceptability of the IRAP in school-based settings may be limited due to several factors. Moreover, there is limited research that extends the assessment of bias-based behaviors to treatment in primary educational settings. Practitioners must have an efficient data collection system to measure interactions and use the data collection system when providing feedback to school personnel. Thus, the purpose of this paper is to discuss considerations to current procedures being used to assess bias-based behaviors and propose the Teacher Student Interaction Tool (T-SIT) for school-based practitioners. The utility and considerations of the T-SIT will be discussed. |
Daphne Snyder, MA, BCBA, LBA, is a doctoral student at Western Michigan University under the direction of Dr. Stephanie Peterson. She received her bachelor’s degree in Psychology and Global Health Studies at Allegheny College. Her main research interests include the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior in the school setting and training teachers to implement effective classroom management strategies. Currently, Daphne is the Project Coordinator for KRESA Classroom Consultations (KCC). KCC provides graduate and undergraduate students with the opportunity to learn about applied behavior analysis and collaborate with multi-disciplinary teams in the school setting. |
|
Cultural Responsiveness in Assessment, Implementer Training, and Intervention: A Systematic Review |
(Theory) |
DANIEL KWAK (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This systematic review consists of 22 peer-reviewed single subject and group design studies that used culturally responsive assessment, implementer training, and intervention to yield positive outcomes for children and adolescents from diverse cultural backgrounds. The studies were published across 15 journals (2010-2021) and included at least 281 implementers and 536 service recipients. The review identified culturally responsive interventions targeting behavioral, social skills, academic, and social-emotional outcomes. Results indicated that most studies considered race, ethnicity, nationality, or language for cultural adaptations in assessment, implementer training, and intervention and addressed the specific culturally sensitive elements suggested by the Ecological Validity Model to some degree. The studies addressed cultural responsiveness in conducting research suggested in the literature, mostly in the area of problem formulation; scant research adequately addressed cultural responsiveness in the area of dissemination. Recommendations, implications, and directions for future research and behavior-analytic practices are discussed. |
Daniel Kwak is a Ph.D. candidate in the Applied Behavior Analysis program at University of South Florida under the advisement of Dr. Kwang-Sun Cho Blair. Daniel received his Bachelor of Arts in Psychology with minors in Education and History from University of California, San Diego in 2013. His interest in working with children and students developed when he gained experience in the assessment and treatment of students’ academic, behavioral, and mental health problems in public schools. Daniel received his Master of Arts in Education from University of California, Riverside in 2017. During his time in the program, Daniel found particular interest in behavioral assessment and interventions and began providing behavior-analytic services as direct staff. His passion for behavior analysis led him to receive his Master of Science in Behavioral Psychology from Pepperdine University in 2018. Upon graduating, Daniel was trained and certified as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). To pursue his interest in research and teaching, Daniel enrolled in the Ph.D. program at University of South Florida. In the Ph.D. program, Daniel served as the instructor for several courses including ABA in Autism and Developmental Disabilities, Research Methods and Ethical Issues in Behavior Analysis, Observational Methods and Functional Assessment, and Single Subject Experimental Design in both the undergraduate ABA minor and online master’s degree programs. Additionally, he mentored graduate students in teaching and research by assisting with course development and delivery as well as assisting with conducting literature reviews, developing research questions, running experimental sessions, and writing manuscripts. Daniel’s current research topics include social validity and cultural responsiveness, measurement and analysis, and efficiency and resource allocation. Some specific topics of interest include improving the methods in which social validity of interventions is assessed, determining appropriate ways in which values and cultures of families can be incorporated into service provision, and quantifying effects of interventions to investigate variables that moderate the effects. His dissertation focuses on several of these interests. The purpose of his dissertation is to develop a tool that will be used to culturally adapt behavioral training and interventions, and to evaluate culturally responsive behavioral parent training intervention that is informed by the tool. Through this research, he hopes to provide a tool that behavior analysts can use to take an individualized approach to considering the values and cultures of families. Understanding the lack of consideration of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in behavior analysis has led him to take an active role in starting research projects that address this issue. In the future, he hopes to continue incorporating the topic of DEI within his research, teaching/training, and clinical services as well as advocate for improved graduate training and fieldwork supervision in multiculturalism and diversity. |
|
Understanding the Role of Cultural Values in Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery from Latinx Families |
(Theory) |
MARIELA CASTRO-HOSTETLER (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to identify and learn about the cultural values and beliefs held by Latinx families in Nevada. In addition, we also examined barriers faced by Latinx families when accessing ABA services. In Study 1, we distributed the Participant Demographic and Experience Survey to Latinx families who were currently receiving ABA services or had received services in the past. The survey included questions about the family’s cultural identity, their primary language spoken in the home, and parent educational level. The second part of the questionnaire asked the parents to share their experiences in receiving ABA services and the extent to which those services were received. In Study 2, we conducted structured interviews and focus groups with some of the families who participated in Study 1. From the structured interviews and focus groups, we identified four main themes: (1) family and cultural values; (2) reaction of receiving a diagnosis; (3) impact of ABA services (4) future recommendations for the field of ABA. From these themes, we found what aspects were meaningful in receiving ABA services, as well as barriers that families faced when seeking services. |
 Mariela Castro-Hostetler is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and Licensed Behavior Analyst in Nevada. She is a Project Coordinator at the Nevada Positive Behavioral Interventions at the University of Nevada, Reno (UNR) and doctoral candidate in the behavior analysis program at UNR. In her role, she provides behavioral support services for families and children with disabilities and dual diagnoses in Nevada. Castro-Hostetler completed her MS in behavior analysis at Southern Illinois University in 2016. Castro-Hostetler’s experience includes more than 8 years working with children and adults across various settings including homes, treatment centers, and schools. Her current research interests include parent and staff training, Acceptance and Commitment Training, and cultural responsiveness for culturally diverse and linguistically diverse individuals. |
|
|
|
|
|
Theory and Intervention for Misophonia: A Conditioned Aversive Respondent Behavior |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Thomas H. Dozier (Misophonia Institute; Misophonia Treatment Institute) |
Discussant: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Thomas H. Dozier, M.S. |
Abstract: Misophonia is an understudied but relatively common learned respondent behavior condition, the impact of which ranges from annoying to debilitating. Misophonia is known as a condition where commonly occurring innocuous stimuli (e.g. chewing sound, specific voice) elicit anger and accompanying physiological responses which function as motivating operations for overt aggression, escape, and avoidance. Although there are many common misophonic stimuli, each person has a unique set of trigger stimuli. Misophonia has similarities with general sensory sensitivity which is common with autism, but is distinctly different. Misophonia was first identified and named by audiologists and has been considered a hearing disorder. Recently misophonia has come to be viewed as an anger disorder and the focus of psychologists and neuroscientists, however our research indicates the core of misophonia is a Pavlovian conditioned muscle reflex, so it may be more appropriate to view misophonia as a conditioned behavioral disorder. Once a misophonic respondent behavior develops, it generally strengthens with repeated exposure to the trigger stimulus and persists indefinitely unless there is an intervention to reduce the respondent behavior. One intervention that has been effective for misophonia is counterconditioning of trigger stimuli by paring a continuous positive stimulus with an intermittent trigger. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): ABA Intervention, aggression, counterconditioning, misophonia |
Target Audience: basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify the core reflex of the misophonia response chain. 2. Identify the neurological learning process that creates and maintains the core reflex of misophonia response chain. 3. Identify one treatment method that can change the misophonic response when used in an intervention. 4. Distinguish between general sensory sensitivity, common to ASD, and misophonia. |
|
The Composition of Misophonia: A Conditioned Respondent Behavior |
(Basic Research) |
THOMAS H. DOZIER (Misophonia Institute; Misophonia Treatment Institute) |
Abstract: Misophonia is a recently identified condition in which an individual has an immediate acute emotional response (e.g., anger, disgust, anxiety) when exposed to specific commonly occurring stimuli. We conducted two basic research studies that indicate the core component of misophonia is a Pavlovian conditioned muscle reflex. Following the muscle reflex, misophonia includes an intense conditioned emotional response, which is the hallmark feature of misophonia. An fMRI neurological imaging research study results will be presented which indicates the emotional response develops through experiential learning of emotions. Unconditioned physiological responses are elicited by the distress of the reflex and emotional response and have been validate with skin conductance measurements. Conditioned operant behavior develops around these core responses which often include avoidance, escape, and sometimes aggression. The “learned” nature of misophonia is also supported by age of onset data, and case data which support that counterconditioning the learned physical reflex results in a reduction in the emotional response and overall severity ratings of misophonia. |
|
Counterconditioning Intervention for Misophonic Triggered Aggressive Behavior of a Student With Autism |
(Service Delivery) |
MOLLY LUTZ (Pediatric Therapeutic Services) |
Abstract: Misophonia is a disorder in which specific innocuous stimuli trigger negative emotional and physiological responses. Reactions can range from annoyance to fight-or-flight. Commonly occurring triggers are oral and nasal sounds, but can be any stimulus. This study reports a successful intervention of a male high school student diagnosed with the primary educational classification of intellectual disability, a secondary classification of autism spectrum disorder, and speech and language impairment. Prior to intervention, the student was frequently triggered by vocal stimuli of one student, and he was continually removed from class due to aggressive and perseverative episodes towards that student. Pre-intervention rate of perseverative behavior was 12.3 times per hour. The intervention consisted of 10-30 minute counterconditioning sessions in a public education setting for three recorded trigger stimuli. Counterconditioning was accomplished by pairing continuous preferred stimuli (e.g., video or music) while the trigger played intermittently using the Misophonia Trigger Tamer app on an iPad. Staff observed overt behavior which indicated physiological responses after the trigger played and increased or decreased volume to maintain a minimal response. The intervention successfully reduced the misophonic respondent behavior, and the aggressive behavior extinguished. Preliminary post intervention rate of perseverative behavior is 0 times per hour. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts and Public Advocacy: Lessons Learned, Pathways Forward |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Meshes, Ph.D. |
Chair: Elizabeth Meshes (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology at Los Angeles) |
JULIE KORNACK (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
HOLLI HELEN HENNINGSEN JERDES (BehaviorLytics: A Social Change Agency) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have an ethical duty to disseminate the science and practice of behavior analysis to the public, including third-party funders and government agencies. The success of such initiatives has been observed in the widespread adoption of funding for applied behavior analytic services (ABA) for the autism community in the United States. Given this funding, behavior analysts have become synonymous with treatment for the autism community. However, ABA technologies can positively impact a wide variety of populations and behaviors at both an individual and societal level. To address issues of immediate social importance effectively and expand equity, diversity, and inclusion within ABA practices, behavior analysts need to have the skills to promote the expansion of services to other areas. This panel, sponsored by the Behaviorists for Social Action SIG, will explore the lessons learned from advocacy for securing medical ABA funding for the autism community and discuss the continued obstacles in maintaining this funding, as well as opportunities for expansion of public advocacy for ABA practices into social justice areas. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Interested individuals should have a basic understanding of group contingencies, understand the concept of interlocking contingencies, and understand basic behavior analytic concepts and principles. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1) Identify potential barriers to organizing social change
2) State potential strategies to increase advocacy efforts in their immediate and expanded communities
3) Identify strategies to recruit community advocates and scientific allies to promote public social changes |
Keyword(s): Advocacy, Dissemination, Public Policy, Social Justice |
|
|
|
|
|
Prosocial: Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy at the Group Level |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adryon Ketcham (GOALS For Autism) |
Discussant: Yukie Kurumiya (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Yukie Kurumiya, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is a science of the behavior of individual organisms interacting with their environment, and yet the intention of the science has always been to create knowledge of great generality, applicable to larger groups of humans (Skinner, 1953). Relatively little research in behavior analysis has been dedicated to group behavior. Prosocial is a recently developed intervention approach combining evolutionary science with applied behavior analysis (ABA) and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), for producing positive behavior change in groups, ranging from small groups (e.g., classrooms), to very large groups (e.g., counties or states). Although the principles and procedures that form the components of the Prosocial model are strongly supported by basic and applied research, relatively little research has evaluated the Prosocial approach as a whole. This symposium brings together two presentations and a discussion on the topic of Prosocial. The first presentation, by Dr. Scott Herbst, will describe the Prosocial model, review existing research, and discuss directions for future research and practice. The second presentation, by Tiffany Hamilton, describes a multiple baseline evaluation of the Prosocial model for increasing equity in vocal participation in university classroom instruction. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Yukie Kurumiya. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, Evolutionary Science, Prosocial |
Target Audience: The target audience should have a beginner's knowledge of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the core design principles of the Prosocial model of group behavior change; (2) describe existing research on the Prosocial model; (3) describe how the Prosocial model can be used to increase equity in participation in university classes. |
|
An Overview of Prosocial: The Method, Results, and Practical Considerations |
SCOTT HERBST (SixFlex Training & Consulting), Adryon Ketcham (GOALS For Autism), Mariah Harnish (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Prosocial (Atkins,. Sloan-Wilson & Hayes, 2019) is model of managing group performance that is derived from the Nobel Prize winning work of Elinor Ostrom (1990) as well as practices from Acceptance and Commitment Therapy applied to team behavior. In this presentation, we cover three main points. We will spend the majority of the presentation discussing the design principles of the model including the intention of each along with some practices for use. Second, we will review some of the research conducted from within the model. Finally, we will make some practical recommendations for applying the model with teams and organizations, with an emphasis on behavior change and organizational outcomes that may be indicative of success. |
|
Increasing Equity of Active Student Engagement: An Evaluation of Acceptance and Commitment Training Prosocial in Online University Classes |
Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University), TIFFANY HAMILTON (University of Southern California), Gabriela Carrillo Naquira (USC), Mariah Harnish (Florida Institute of Technology), Adryon Ketcham (GOALS for Autism), David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Megan Ritchey Mayo (Antioch University New England), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: This study aimed to identify the necessary and sufficient conditions for improving equity of student engagement in an online graduate school level course. Equity was defined as contingencies that favor balanced duration of vocal responding and participation from all group members during non-proctored, small-group InterTeaching (IT) sessions. Little previous research has evaluated procedures for increasing equity in university instruction. Prosocial is an evolutionary, behavior analytic group-level intervention that, in part, is designed to increase equity in the performance of small groups. However, no previous research has evaluated the effects of Prosocial on university instruction. Therefore, we investigated the use of repeated exposures to brief ACT Prosocial exercises in conjunction with interdependent group contingencies for group performance. We evaluated the effects of Prosocial in increasing equitable participation in discussion, thereby contributing to a more equitable university instruction environment. Results suggested that the prosocial model was effective and that additional treatment components from the OBM literature may also contribute. Results are discussed in terms of implications for university instruction, as well as group-level behavioral interventions aimed at increased equity and social justice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empirically Based Analysis of the Traditional Definitions of Conditional Discrimination, Equivalence Classes, and Contextual Control |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
CE Instructor: Paula Debert, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: PAULA DEBERT (University of Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: This presentation proposes an empirically based revision of the traditional definitions of conditional discrimination, equivalence classes, and contextual control. Some experiments that employed alternative procedures to matching-to-sample (MTS) will be described and analyzed. Results from these experiments suggested the establishment of behaviors similar to those produced with the MTS procedure. The first experiment to be described indicated that the go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli could generate emergent control by stimulus combinations not presented in training. The second experiment revealed that simple discrimination procedures could generate emergent stimuli substitutability. The final experiment to be described shows that the go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli established what would be called equivalence classes comprising stimuli with multiple class membership without combining them into a single large class. The manner by which stimuli were presented in these experiments does not allow inferring supposed discriminative, conditional, and contextual functions that are specified in the traditional definitions. In order to account for the performances observed in the studies described, it is proposed that the definitions of conditional discrimination, equivalence classes and contextual control specify, respectively, performances that involve stimuli recombination, stimuli substitutability, and stimuli sharing by different equivalence classes without merging them into one. These definitions will allow the use of a wider range of procedures that may be useful in developing new teaching technologies to reach diverse populations and contexts that require procedures alternative to the traditional matching-to-sample. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Basic and applied researchers and practitioners interested in the development of new teaching technology to produce complex behaviors |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe and analyze experiments with alternative procedure to establish emergent behavior; (2) analyze and critic traditional definition of conditional discrimination, equivalence class and contextual control; (3) use new definitions and procedures to establish emergent behaviors. |
|
PAULA DEBERT (University of Sao Paulo) |
Dr. Paula Debert is a professor of Psychology at Universidade de São Paulo (USP) - Brazil. She is the vice-coordinator of Experimental Psychology Graduate Program in the university and the coordinator of Psychology Undergraduate Program in the Psychology Institute at Universidade de São Paulo. She is a researcher at the Brazilian National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching (INCT-ECCE) and a member of the Board of Editors of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Dr. Debert's research focuses on the study of alternative procedures to generate symbolic emergent behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethical Considerations Regarding Assent and Consent in Behavior Analytic Research |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C |
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education) |
JONATHAN K FERNAND (Florida Institute of Technology) |
SHANNON WARD (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by The New England Center for Children) |
P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: A core feature of applied behavior analytic research is studying behavioral phenomena within the context in which the behaviors are important and with the people who engage in the behaviors in those contexts. It is incumbent upon applied researchers to protect the rights, safety, and dignity of all individuals who participate in their studies. Indeed, seminal guiding documents have delineated the importance of obtaining fully-informed consent from research participants or their legal representatives. To a lesser extent, expectations also have been put forward regarding the obtainment of affirmative assent from participants when consent has been provided by another party. A review of the literature in 2021 by Morris et al. regarding research with participants with autism spectrum disorder and related developmental disabilities found that very few published articles explicitly described assent procedures used in their studies. In this panel, applied researchers with experience conducting research in a variety of clinical contexts will discuss ethical considerations they have had to take into account when developing consent and assent procedures for their projects. Practical recommendations regarding adherence to laws, regulations, and policies will be discussed and issues relating to assent processes in special circumstances will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Basic – Anyone who may participate in or conduct applied behavior analytic research would benefit from attending this panel. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) identify which documents, laws, regulations, ethics codes, and policies guide the consent and assent processes in applied behavior analytic research; 2) describe what ethical considerations should be taken into account when developing consent and assent procedures for applied behavior analytic research; 3) explain how assent processes could be handled ethically in special circumstances. |
Keyword(s): assent, consent, research ethics |
|
|
|
|
|
When We Speak of Self… |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 154 |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College) |
Abstract: The concept of self has a long and complex history in philosophy and psychology, ranging from an inner cause of behavior (e.g., as in psychodynamic theory) to an illusion (e.g., as in some Eastern religious traditions). In this talk, I consider the concept of self through a behavioral lens by identifying some of the conditions surrounding its use. From a behavioral perspective, the concept of self can be viewed as a kind self-discrimination, where some aspect of one’s own body or behavior serves a discriminative function. This encompasses a wide range of discriminative behavior, some shared with other animals, but mostly unique to human social environments in which we are prompted by others to examine our own behavior and the variables of which it is a function. I will discuss this type of self-descriptive behavior, where it comes from, how it relates to self-awareness, the extent to which it is seen in other animals, and relations between aware and unaware repertoires in the same skin. By grounding the concept of self in the particular conditions surrounding its use, my aim is to demystify it, treating it not as a causal entity separate from behavior, but rather, as behavior itself, a class of environment-behavior relations. This provides the basis for a behavioral view with intriguing parallels to other process-oriented and non-dualistic approaches to self, some of which will be considered in the talk. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts with an interest in conceptual issues |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) provide a behavioral definition of self; (2) distinguish aware from unaware behavior; (3) identify commonalities with other non-dualistic approaches to self. |
|
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College) |
Tim Hackenberg has had the good fortune to work with and learn from great teachers and students over the years. He received a B.A. degree in Psychology from the University of California, Irvine in 1982 and a doctorate in Psychology from Temple University in 1987, under the supervision of Philip Hineline. Following a two year post-doctoral research position at the University of Minnesota with Travis Thompson from 1988-90, he served on the faculty in the Behavior Analysis program at the University of Florida from 1990-2009. He is currently a Professor of Psychology at Reed College in Portland Oregon. He has served on the Board of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, as Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, as President of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, as the Experimental Representative to the ABAI Council, and as the first Director of the ABAI Science Board. His major research interests are in the area of behavioral economics and comparative cognition, with a particular emphasis on decision-making, token economies, and social behavior. In work funded by the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health, he and his students have developed procedures for cross-species comparisons of complex behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Preventing and Identifying Human Trafficking Among Individuals With Disabilities |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 256 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: LAURA CUSACK (Coalition for Independent Living Options, Inc.) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities are at increased risk for abuse, violence, and human trafficking. According to the Trafficking Victim Protection Act (TVPA), trafficking is the use of force, fraud, or coercion for commercial sex, or if the individual is under 18 years. Labor trafficking includes involuntary servitude, peonage, debt bondage, or slavery. Individuals with disabilities may be targeted as they may be more isolated, be more easily manipulated and groomed or not be able to communicate what is occurring. Sometimes there are signs of abuse such as an increase in certain behaviors, difficulty at school, home or therapy and new behaviors not present prior. Considering that some children with disabilities are nonverbal they may not be able to communicate any abuse that may be occurring. It is vital to teach healthy and unhealthy relationships, appropriate and inappropriate touch, how to communicate an occurrence and who they should confide in. More research should be conducted with individuals with disabilities for identification, screening, and prevention. All clinics should include mandatory training for human trafficking and abuse prevention and identification. Collaboration with therapists and families is vital to increase training and reporting to reduce the rates of human trafficking in this population. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs, RBTs, anyone developing treatment plans and/or working with youth or those who may be at risk for abuse |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain human trafficking; (2) outline risk factors for human trafficking among clients with disabilities; (3) identify barriers to reporting faced by clients; (4) connect at-risk individuals to national resources. |
|
LAURA CUSACK (Coalition for Independent Living Options, Inc.) |
Laura Cusack is a Senior Crime Victim Practitioner at the Coalition for Independent Living Options, Inc. and serves as the President for the Human Trafficking Coalition of the Palm Beaches. She currently participates on Palm Beach County’s Sexual Assault Response Team’s Community Action Network and Training Committee. She also serves on the People with Disabilities Community Consultant Panel, as well as is a member of the National Human Trafficking and Disabilities Working Group. Laura’s experience includes providing training to service providers on specific needs of crime victims with disabilities according to the Rehab Act, ADA, and fair housing act, as well as providing training on human trafficking and crimes against children; facilitating psychoeducational groups for high-risk youth with trauma-related disabilities; and leading community outreach efforts. Laura launched the Hope Campaign in Florida, a community outreach in Palm Beach County that works with local hotels to identify missing children and increase public access to the National Human Trafficking Hotline. She has also conducted street outreach with law enforcement to women in street-based prostitution to promote safety and wellness, and has instructed a criminal diversion curriculum to men arrested for buying sex. Laura is a member of the Palm Beach County Human Trafficking Task Force, and regularly attends the Statewide Council on Human Trafficking meetings. Laura earned her Master’s Degree in Social Work (MSW) from Florida Atlantic University and is certified in the My Life My Choice, iEmpathize Empower Youth Program, and Men Breaking Free national curriculum. |
|
|
|
|
|
BCBA Supervision: A framework for the Real World |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B |
Area: TBA |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Hana Lynn Jurgens (Positive Behavior Supports) |
CE Instructor: Nicole Stewart, M.Ed. |
|
Shaping Future Behavior Analysts: Reimagining the Framework of BCBA Supervision |
Domain: Theory |
NICOLE STEWART (Supervision Reimagined), Gabriella Davila (Supervision Reimagined), Megan Dennehy (Supervision Reimagined) |
|
Abstract: Fieldwork for board certified behavior analyst (BCBA) certification has continued to become more rigorous over time. With the exponential growth of the field, the quality and experience of supervisors can vary greatly, particularly in settings that lack university affiliations. As a result of many factors to be discussed, uneven development of behavior analytic repertoires occurs across the field while fieldwork remains highly variable. This paper proposes a model that incorporates previous recommendations for supervision (e.g. contracts, establishing expectations), as well as additional behavior analytic principles to create a fieldwork sequence. The three-part sequence starts with fluency with direct care skills ensuring pre-requisites are met early. Next, a clinically applied project embeds motivating operations, self-management and behavior analytic professionalism. Finally, the third phase focuses on mentorship from a current BCBA utilizing a job-model for training. Threaded throughout this framework are competencies, behavioral skills training, opportunities for feedback, task list connections and suggestions to ensure all standards are closely adhered to as a trainee progresses. The further dissemination and adaptation of a framework such as this can support the continued push for ethical development of BCBA fieldwork across many types of settings; improving outcomes for trainees and clients alike. |
|
Supervising Beyond the Tasklist: Preparing Your Supervisee to be a Real-World BCBA |
Domain: Service Delivery |
HANA LYNN JURGENS (Positive Behavior Supports), Yulema Cruz (Rutgers University), Karly L. Cordova (KHY ABA Consulting Group, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: For the most part, supervision has primarily focused on teaching items from the task list. However, as supervisors, we often receive feedback regarding‚ soft skills‚ (known as common skills or core skills, including critical thinking, problem solving, public speaking, professional writing, teamwork, leadership, professional attitude, work ethic, career management and cultural competency, among others) that supervisees are lacking. Additionally, supervisors are often at a loss regarding how to systematically fade their supervisory support. Until now, there has not been a sequential means for supervisors to accomplish this, leaving students ready to pass the exam, and ready to work as a BCBA. This paper will highlight a competency-based approach to guiding and measuring soft skills. This includes how to systematically supervise, manage cases, build skills to demonstrate professionalism, as well as how to fade supervision ethically; thus, ensuring supervisees demonstrate competency, readiness, and independence. |
|
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the importance of developing a sequence and flow for effective supervision (2) classify beginner, intermediate and advanced skills for fieldwork trainees (3) define and provide examples of trainings that adhere to the job-model of training; (4) navigate supervisees’ soft skill deficits; (5) identify supervisory targets beyond the task list; (6) problem solve to help supervisees gain competency. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Discriminated and Divergent Intraverbal Responses to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 255 |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Teaching complex intraverbal responses to children with ASD can require careful programming with the incorporation of convergent and divergent controls. In their systematic review, Stauch and Colleagues (2017) identified five studies that addressed responding under divergent control and 21 that taught responding under convergent control. Ingvarsson and colleagues (2016) taught discriminated responses to pairs of questions such as “what do you cut?” and “what do you cut with?” with one exemplar for each question. In this symposium, two studies with 6 participants employ a multiple baseline design across question pairs. These extend the Ingvarsson and colleagues (2016) study, by teaching divergent responses and discriminated responses to the paired questions using two different approaches. The first intervention used simultaneous teaching of discrimination and the second study taught divergent responses to one question followed by specific stimulus relations training. In both the studies researchers used tact sheets (Thakore and Petursdottir, 2021) followed by transfer trials to train divergent intraverbal responses. The studies will address customizing the design of teaching protocols based on student progress with different interventions. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Should be aware of verbal behavior , recent advances in conditional dis, complex intravernal |
Learning Objectives: 1. Methods for teaching divergent responding 2. Procedures to ensure discriminated responding 3. Role of training stimulus relations in complex intraverbal responding |
|
All at Once or One at a Time: Teaching Discriminated and Divergent Responses to Three Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Shushmita K.S (Behavior Momentum India), Annamma T. J (Behavior Momentum India), Pavithra Perumal (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: Sundberg, M.L., and Sundberg, C. T (2011) state that even children with a sizeable repertoire of mands, tacts, and listener responses may fail to acquire a functional intraverbal repertoire. Ingvarsson and colleagues (2016) used a blocked trials procedure to teach discriminated responses to pairs of questions to four children with ASD. The stimuli sets were question pairs of the form “what do you ____?” Vs. What do you ____ with?”. The current study used the random rotation step and tact to intraverbal transfer trials to simultaneously train discriminated and divergent responses. The researchers taught divergent responses to each of the questions (e.g., “wash” – “hands, hair, glass, clothes”; “wash with” – “soap, shampoo, colin and detergent”). Three students aged 4- 10 years, with a good repertoire of mands, tacts, and listener-responding skills but incorrect responses to questions requiring multiple control, participated in this study. We used a multiple baseline design across question pairs for 3 participants. Two participants acquired four divergent responses together, while one participant had to be trained one exemplar at a time. Intervention is underway with additional question pairs for each participant. Researchers will also discuss the generalization effects on responses to untrained pairs of questions. |
|
Training Divergent Responses and Stimulus Relations to Teach Discriminated Divergent Responding to Paired Questions to Three School-Going Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Tejashree Dhruvaraj Mujumdar (Behavior Momentum India), Annamma T. J (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: Language training to children with ASD requires overcoming stimulus over selectivity and deficits in audio visual conditional discriminations. The current study extended the Ingvarsson and colleagues (2016) study by training three school-going children with ASD, aged 5 to 10 years, to emit discriminated and divergent responses to paired questions. The study used a multiple probe design across four question pairs. Divergent responses to the first question in a pair (e.g., “name things you wash”) were taught first using tact to intraverbal transfer trials. Specific stimulus relations (E.g., wash hair with shampoo, clothes with detergent) were taught in the next stage. Probes were conducted to test if divergent responses emerged to the second question of the question pair (e.g., “name things you wash with”) and if discriminated responses to both the questions emerged without direct discrimination training. The implications of instructional arrangements to teach discriminated and divergent responses and generalization effects will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Skills Training: Applications in Real-World Settings With Typical Caregivers |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Peter Sturmey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is an evidence-based practice that behavior analysts must be competent to deliver. Despite its widely recognized importance, further real-world models and evaluations are needed. This symposium will present four examples of applying BST to such varied contexts as training a grandparent to deliver a behavior support plan to an adult with autism spectrum disorders; efficient training of discrete trial teaching to typical staff; training staff to implement correct redirection and restraint procedures; and, training parents via telehealth to implement effective sleep protocols. These studies demonstrate the versatility and robustness of BST in real-world-applied settings. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): behavioral-skills training, caregeiver training, telehealth |
Target Audience: Advanced: Participants should have at least a basic knowledge of graduate-level ABA such as is described in Cooper et al. including modeling, feedback, contingencies of reinforcement, programming generalization, small N experimental design. This can include current and potential supervisors. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to implement behavioral skills training (BST) in at least two contexts; (2) describe the telehealth application of BST; (3) describe strategies to maximize the efficiency of BST. |
|
Grandparent-Implemented Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior of an Adult With Autism: A Pilot Telehealth Study |
EMILY GREGORI (University of Illinois at Chicago), Christine Drew (Auburn University), Catharine Lory (Baylor University), Namhee Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often engage in challenging behaviors that require intensive intervention. Due to the lack of services for adults with ASD, their caregivers are often responsible for providing behavioral support. However, caregivers, including grandparents, often lack adequate training and have limited access to ongoing support from professionals that prevents them from providing high-quality behavioral intervention. Telehealth is a mechanism that can potentially increase access to effective intervention for adults with ASD and training for their caregivers. However, most telehealth research has been conducted with young children and their parents. There is limited research to support the use of telehealth as a mechanism for improving service delivery for adults and their caregivers. This study explored the effects of grandparent-implemented interventions on the challenging behavior of an adult male with ASD. Research staff used individualized telehealth training and coaching to teach a grandparent to implement two function-based behavioral interventions. Data were collected on the grandparent’s implementation fidelity of both interventions and on the challenging behavior of the adult with ASD. Results showed that both interventions resulted in low to moderate levels of challenging behavior and that telehealth training and coaching resulted in high levels of implementation fidelity. |
|
An Efficiency Tactic for Behavioral Skills Training |
BRIAN C. LIU-CONSTANT (The Evergreen Center), John Claude Ward-Horner (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) was used to teach staff members a discrete trial training (DTT) procedure in a setting with a low trainer-to-staff ratio. Although effective, the rehearsal and feedback components of BST can be time-consuming and require more time with an expert trainer than the trainer has available. For the BST protocol, the researcher recorded and presented instructions and modeling on video, and developed scripts that participants followed during rehearsal and feedback. Each participant was assigned to a group of three. Participants took turns in one of three roles (teacher-participant, student-participant, or observer-participant) and, when serving in the role of teacher-participant, practiced the DTT procedure with a student-participant while the observer-participant delivered performance feedback to the teacher-participant. Results indicated that all participants were able to learn the DTT procedure when all feedback was provided by an observer-participant. The procedure was also efficient as evidenced by the expert trainer providing minimal feedback to observer-participants, and participants subsequent to the first participant of each group learning the DTT procedure in less time and with fewer sessions. |
|
Behavioural Skills Training for Teaching Safety Skills to Mental Health Clinicians: A Pragmatic Randomized Control Trial. |
Elizabeth Lin (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health; University of Toronto), Mais Malhas (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Emmanuel Bratsalis (Center for Addiction and Mental Health, Toronto), KENDRA THOMSON (Brock University), Rhonda Boateng (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health; University of Toronto), Fabienne Hargreaves (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Heba Baig (Center for Addiction and Mental Health, Toronto), Louis Paul Alexander Busch (Centre for Addictions and Mental Health) |
Abstract: Workplace violence is an increasingly significant topic, particularly as it applies to staff working in mental health settings. The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, Canada’s largest mental health hospital, considers workplace safety a high priority and consequently has mandated clinical staff safety training. Key components of this training are self-protection and 2–5 person team control skills, which serve as a last resort when other interventions are ineffective (e.g., verbal de-escalation). Training-as-usual (TAU) for the past 20 years has been based on a 3-D approach (description, demonstration, and doing), but without any competency-based assessment. Recent staff reports indicate that the acquisition and retention of these skills is problematic and that there are issues with staff confidence in their ability to address workplace violence. We will present the results of a pragmatic randomized controlled trial designed to evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) against TAU in terms of the acquisition and 1-month post-training retention of self-protection team control skills as well as the impact on staff confidence. Results to date support the effectiveness of BST vs. TAU for improving staff performance compared to TAU. |
|
Evaluation of a Telehealth Parent Training Program for Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder who have Sleep Difficulties |
AMANPREET RANDHAWA (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Angeline Savard (The Gregory School for Exceptional Learning), Catherine McConnell (Ontario ABA), Meghan Dunnet (Kalyana Support Systems), Jeffrey Esteves (York University), Andrea Valencia (kalyana Support Systems) |
Abstract: Research supports parent-implemented, behavior-analytic sleep interventions to address sleep problems in children with autism spectrum disorder (Jin et al., 2013; Linnehan et al., 2021). Further, some research exists to support distance models of parent education and sleep intervention (Corkum et al, 2016). However, few studies directly assess parents’ ability to accurately implement sleep interventions (i.e., treatment fidelity). This limits our understanding of whether parents are implementing sleep interventions as designed and draws into question whether child behavior changes can be attributed to the interventions. As parents are typically the primary mediators of behavioural sleep interventions––and intervention success depends on the accurate implementation of the procedures and the consistency with which those procedures are implemented in the natural environment––this is a significant gap in the literature. The purpose of this concurrent multiple baseline design across participants study was to evaluate whether parents could accurately implement their child’s behavior-analytic sleep intervention. Four parent-child dyads were recruited. Behavioral skills training and nightly coaching support were provided to parents using a telehealth approach. Nightly coaching support was systematically faded. Results demonstrate that treatment fidelity increased for all participants. Interobserver agreement was above 80%. Clinical implications and future research recommendations will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Measuring Idiosyncratic Indices of Happiness in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: Implications for Practice and Research |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
CE Instructor: Marjorie H. Charlop, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes four studies in which internal emotional states of children with autism (ASD) were indirectly measured by monitoring observable behaviors likely correlated with specific emotional states. Study one demonstrated a process to operationally define idiosyncratic indices of happiness (IoH) and empirically assessed the accuracy of operational definitions within single case experimental designs for 4 children with ASD. The second study collected social validity data from parents and practitioners to assess the extent to which they consider systematic monitoring a child’s purported emotional state to be acceptable, useful, or practical. Study three, evaluated effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing intervention on social approach, social engagement, and IoH for 6 toddlers with characteristics of ASD. Finally, study four measured parent treatment fidelity and IoH within parent-child dyads during a naturalistic caregiver-mediated play-based intervention. Parents’ implement fidelity improved, parent and child IoH increased, and a possible positive correlation in IoH was noted. Together, these studies suggest (a) IoH can be operationally defined and tracked in the context of single case experimental designs, (b) parents and practitioners value IoH data, and (c) IoH should be considered more often in practice and future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism Intervention,, Emotional States, Happiness, Social Validity |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and other practitioners with sufficient experience utilizing single case designs; understanding of the difficulty related to assessing internal states |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify complications related to identifying and measuring emotional states of children with ASD; (2) Describe a process to operationally define behavioral indices of happiness for individuals with ASD; (3) The practitioner will be able to determine if tracking indices of emotional states in children with ASD is appropriate and potentially useful in the specific professional context. |
|
Empirical Support for Operational Definitions of Idiosyncratic Behavioral Indices of Happiness in Children With Autism |
STEPHANIE L WEBB (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support; Texas State University), Jessica Price (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support; Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support, Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos) |
Abstract: This study demonstrates a to operationally define idiosyncratic expressions of emotion (e.g., happiness) in children with ASD and then to empirically evaluate the accuracy of those operational definitions within single subject experimental designs. First, an iterative process involving parental interview, direct observation, and review of video recordings was used to operationally define observable behaviors that were purported to be indices of happiness (IoH) in four children with ASD by their mothers. The accuracy of the individualized operational definitions were then evaluated in an alternating treatment design wherein IoH data were compared during Higher Preference (HP) conditions and Lower Preference (LP) conditions. Three of the four participants consistently displayed more IoH in HP than in LP conditions, supporting previous research indicating IoH can be operationally defined and tracked in the context of single case experimental designs. Results are considered in terms of potential uses for IoH from a clinical perspective and in terms of directions for future research. |
|
Parent and Practitioner Perspectives on Defining and Monitoring Child Indices of Happiness for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JESSICA PRICE (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support; Texas State University), Stephanie L Webb (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support; Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support; Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos) |
Abstract: Previous research indicates that unobservable emotional states of children with ASD can be indirectly measured by defining and monitoring observable behaviors likely to be correlated with specific emotional states (e.g., measuring smiles and giggles to indirectly consider “happiness”). However, the extent to which parents and practitioners serving children with ASD consider systematic monitoring a child’s purported emotional state during behavioral services to be acceptable, useful, or practical needs to be considered. This study reports social validity data collected from parents of four children whose behavioral indices of happiness were defined and measured during the context of behavioral services as well as from parents and practitioners (e.g., special education teachers) who were informed regarding the process and purpose. A battery of social validity assessments focused on acceptability of procedures, validity of operational definition, usefulness of data, and open-ended questions designed to elicit reservations regarding systematic monitoring of emotional states in children with ASD were administered. Parents found the procedures to be acceptable and indicated that tracking IoH was a good use of clinical resources. Practitioners report… [data analysis in progress]. Results are discussed in terms of recommendations for practice and directions for future research. |
|
Evaluating the Effect of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedures on Indices of Happiness With Toddlers At-Risk for Autism |
Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), KATHERINE CANTRELL (University of Texas at San Antonio), Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Delays in social communication, lack of social engagement, and repetitive/restrictive behaviors are core characteristics of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) as a developmental disability. Evidence-based interventions incorporating applied behavior analysis have been shown highly effective in treating observable symptoms of ASD. However, limited research has been conducted to evaluate the effect of those interventions on the participants indices of happiness or perceived enjoyment. This study evaluated the effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing intervention on social approach behavior, social disengagement, and duration of social engagement, as well as indices of happiness for 6 young toddlers displaying characteristics of ASD. The intervention was play-based and followed participants’ lead with preferred items/activities incorporating shared engagement. The indices of happiness were individually defined based on caregiver report and researcher observation. Five out of 6 participants showed an increase in social approach and social engagement, with steadily decreasing levels of social disengagement. These results demonstrate the effectiveness of stimulus pairing as an intervention for young toddlers. However, data on the indices of happiness is still being collected and analyzed. |
|
Effects of Caregiver Coaching on Caregiver and Child Indices of Happiness |
Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), SIERRA STEGEMANN (University of Texas at San Antonio), Katherine Cantrell (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Caregiver-mediated, play-based intervention programs have demonstrated positive effects for young children diagnosed with and at-risk for autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The Sunny Starts DANCE program (Decide, Arrange, Now, Count, Enjoy) is a naturalistic-behavioral based caregiver coaching model that incorporates the principles of operant conditioning to support closeness, mutual enjoyment, attending, and social responding. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the impact of coaching on caregiver implementation of the DANCE model and subsequent impacts of DANCE on caregivers and their child indices of happiness. Indices of happiness (IOH) typically include overt behaviors such as smiling and laughing and can be helpful information when working with others who do not verbally describe their private emotional experiences. Four caregiver-child dyads were recruited to participate. A multiple-baseline across participants design was used to demonstrate the effects of coaching on caregiver fidelity and caregiver/child IOH. Although the study was interrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic, caregivers did increase their fidelity of implementation of the DANCE. In addition, three out of the four caregiver-child dyads had an increase in their IOH. We will also discuss correlation between caregiver and child IOH as a measure of harmonious engagement. |
|
|
|
|
|
Systematic Fading of Restrictive Programming |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Haley Steinhauser (Melmark New England; Regis College) |
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
CE Instructor: Haley Steinhauser, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The aim of behavior analytic practice and interdisciplinary collaboration is to use the least restrictive and most effective programming. At times, the least restrictive and effective option will involve restrictive procedures such as protective equipment, medication, and physical restraint to ensure the safety and well-being of the individuals receiving services. Restrictive procedures require both data-driven implementation following unsuccessful alternatives and systematic fading and modifications, with the consistent objective of utilizing the least restrictive procedures that promote best outcomes. The four presentations in this symposium address this topic from various angles, including (1) a behavioral-pharmacological intervention corresponding with an increase in successful transitions and decrease in aggression-contingent restraints, (2) an interdisciplinary review team (IRT) approach to medication management, (3) long-term effects of behavioral interventions and electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) in a man with catatonia, life-threatening self-injury, and autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and (4) organizational clinical systems on restrictive programming. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): medication reduction, protective equipment, restraint reduction, restrictive programming |
Target Audience: The target audience should have experience or familiarity with severe forms of challenging behavior (e.g., self-injury, aggression). |
Learning Objectives: (1) Identify for systematically fading restrictive programming.
(2) Describe the utility of interdisciplinary collaboration in the context of medication management.
(3) Outline several organizational clinical system options for managing and fading restrictive programming. |
|
Clinical Safety in Treating Severe Aggression: Evaluation of Behavioral-Pharmacological Intervention |
JAIME ALYSSA SCIBELLI (Melmark New England), Frederick Scibelli (Melmark New England), Julia Hrdina (Melmark New England), Kelly Anglin (Melmark New England), Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England), James Luiselli (Melmark New England; William James College) |
Abstract: This case study concerned clinical safety and behavioral-pharmacological intervention with an 18-year-old man who had autism spectrum disorder and high-frequency aggression towards care providers at a specialized school. A multicomponent behavior support plan included antecedent, differential reinforcement, environmental modification, and physical management procedures subsequently combined with neuroleptic medication (aripiprazole). The behavioral-pharmacological intervention eliminated care provider implementation of aggression-contingent physical restraint and was associated with increased transition compliance during the school day. Clinical safety components emphasized comprehensive care provider training, continuous supervision, function-based treatment, and prevention-focused strategies. Intervention effects were long-standing and care providers rated their training, implementation fidelity, and therapeutic outcome favorably. |
|
Interdisciplinary Review Team Approach for Medication Management With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
FRANK L. BIRD (Melmark New England), Jill Harper (Melmark New England), Andrew Shlesinger (Melmark New England), James Luiselli (Melmark New England; William James College) |
Abstract: The use of psychotropic drugs for individuals with developmental disabilities is common practice. Jobski, Hofer, Hoffman, and Bachmann (2016) documented an overall median use of psychotropic drugs in 45.7% of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Wink et al., (2018) documented that psychotropic medication usage can be over 90% for youth with ASD admitted to inpatient units. A related concern is the number of psychotropic medications utilized at one time, referred to as polypharmacy (see Masnoon et al., 2017). The interdisciplinary review team (IRT) model was created to establish a continuum of medication management for individuals with complex needs. Core features of the model are multi-disciplinary team members, data-driven decision-making, and high-level administrative support. The objectives of each IRT meeting are: 1) state the current clinical status of the individual; 2) state current clinical needs; 3) foster team discussion; 4) advocate for medication change that maximizes benefit for the individual; 5) minimize multiple treatment changes at once; and 6) minimize risk associated with chosen treatments. Data will be presented across multiple individuals demonstrating the effectiveness of this approach in making clinically informed decisions regarding medication. Care providers, and family members rated the utility of this model favorably and implementation fidelity will be demonstrated. |
|
Long-Term Effects of Behavioral Intervention and Electroconvulsive Therapy in a Man With Catatonia, Life-Threatening Self-Injury, and Autism |
Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), RUCHI SHAH (Melmark New England), James Luiselli (Melmark New England; William James College) |
Abstract: Catatonia is a psychiatric condition characterized by the presence of immobility, mutism, body posturing, stereotypy, and unresponsiveness to external stimulation, among other symptoms (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Several population-based studies have reported catatonia in 12-20% of children, adolescents, and young adults with autism spectrum disorder (Luiselli, Bird, & Wachtel, 2021). A key diagnostic finding in many of these cases was the presence of motor stereotypy and self-injury in persons who went many years without such problems and co-occurred with loss of self-care, daily living, communication, social and other adaptive skills. This multi-phase case study evaluated treatment effects from behavioral intervention and electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) in a man with ASD and diagnosis of catatonia who displayed life-threatening self-injury towards care providers. Recommendation for ECT followed a protracted period of pronounced skill and behavior deterioration the man demonstrated in a residential care setting and subsequent to self-inflicted tissue damage that required hospitalization. Long-term outcome data will report the immediate and long-term effects from self-injury, aggression, the fading of protective equipment and activity engagement as well as parametric analysis of treatment responsiveness to a varied schedule of ECT sessions. |
|
Restrictive Procedures: An Organizational Approach to Monitoring and Reduction |
SHAWN P. QUIGLEY (Melmark), Brad Stevenson (Melmark), Jill Harper (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: The application of behavior analysis varies by population (e.g., child, adult, employee), setting (e.g., community, clinic, home), and need (e.g., social skills, challenging behavior, safety). The differences in application create a context for differential application of behavioral principles, strategies, and technologies. For example, a safety application might involve behavioral skills training, performance rewards (e.g., enhanced pay for following safety practices), and utilization of technology to reduce risk (e.g., motorized lift as opposed to manual lift). Practitioners that serve individuals with complex behavioral challenges must also consider differential application of principles, strategies, and technologies to improve safety for the individuals, family members, and employees. Dependent upon local, regional, and governmental regulations, some applications might be considered restrictive, therefore requiring additional oversight. The purpose of this presentation is a brief review of restrictive procedures, examples of restrictive procedures, and an organizational approach to monitoring and reducing the need for restrictive procedures. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in the Measurement, Assessment, and Treatment of Stereotypy |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Stereotypy consists of repetitive, persistent, and invariant responses that are not contextually appropriate (e.g., Hagopian & Toole, 2009; Rapp & Vollmer, 2005) and can include motor or vocal topographies (i.e., motor [MS] and vocal stereotypy [VS]). Although repetitive behaviors do not often result in injury, both MS and VS have been found to emerge into more severe forms of stereotypy that persist into adulthood and can impact an individual’s adaptive, social, and academic functioning (Crutchfield et al., 2015; Lanovaz, et al., 2013; Akers et al., 2020). Moreover, given the topographies of certain stereotypic behavior and the rate in which instances occur, reliable measurement based on observations can be difficult to attain. Therefore, further investigation to measurement, assessment, and intervention for stereotypy is warranted. This symposium will present recent research on stereotypy including innovative uses of artificial intelligence to measure stereotypy as well as novel interpretations of functional analysis outcomes to inform treatment approaches. Previous research as well as innovative evaluations of antecedent-based interventions for stereotypy will be discussed. Taken together, the results of these studies present important considerations and advances for our approach to the assessment and treatment of stereotypy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Antecedent-based Interventions, Artificial Intelligence, Automatic Reinforcement, Stereotypy |
Target Audience: RBTs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify novel approaches to the measurement of stereotypy; (2) classify functional analysis outcomes in regard to stereotypy; and (3) understand previous and current research on antecedent-based interventions for stereotypy. |
|
Artificial Intelligence for the Measurement of Vocal Stereotypy |
MARIE-MICHÈLE DUFOUR (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Patrick Cardinal (École de technologie supérieure) |
Abstract: Both researchers and practitioners often rely on direct observation to measure and monitor behavior. When these behaviors are too complex or numerous to be measured in vivo, relying on direct observation using human observers increases the amount of resources required to conduct research and to monitor the effects of interventions in practice. To address this issue, we conducted a proof of concept examining whether artificial intelligence could measure vocal stereotypy in individuals with autism. More specifically, we used an artificial neural network with over 1,500 minutes of audio data from 8 different individuals to train and test models to measure vocal stereotypy. Our results showed that the artificial neural network performed adequately (i.e., session-by-session correlation near or above .80 with a human observer) in measuring engagement in vocal stereotypy for 6 of 8 participants. Additional research is needed to further improve the generalizability of the approach. |
|
Various Functional Analysis Patterns of Automatic Reinforcement: A Review and Component Analysis of Treatment Effects |
AGUSTIN GONZALO PEREZ-BUSTAMANTE PEREIRA (Hospital Ramón y Cajal), Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid) |
Abstract: Various patterns of differentiation in functional analysis (FA) may predict treatment outcomes of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. FAs may include antecedent or consequent events that disrupt responding, and could be used to inform the development of individualized interventions. In Study 1, we proposed criteria to classify outcomes as attention condition lowest, demand condition lowest, and play condition lowest, according to the condition where problem behavior was most disrupted. We applied these criteria to 120 datasets and found that 60% could be classified using this method, while 89% of datasets showed a disruption of 50% or higher. In Study 2, we conducted a treatment component analyses for three individuals whose FAs were assigned to each of the three distinct patterns. The results indicated that specific elements of the FA conditions could reduce problem behavior. The possibility that these disruption patterns could help to predict treatment outcomes is discussed. |
|
Antecedent-Based Interventions for Motor Stereotypy: A Systematic Review |
ALYSSA ROJAS (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Motor stereotypy refers to persistent and repetitive fine or gross motor movements (e.g., finger tapping, hand flapping). In most cases, stereotypy does not result in injury to the individual or those around them (Akers et al., 2020). When stereotypy hinders acquisition of skills and social interactions, individualized treatment should be considered (Cook & Rapp, 2018). Previous research has evaluated numerous interventions designed to decrease stereotypy. The current literature review focuses on antecedent-based strategies because they are considered less intrusive. Twenty-nine studies met our inclusion criteria, and all evaluated the use of an antecedent-based strategy (e.g., non-contingent reinforcement, discrimination training) on non-injurious motor stereotypy (e.g., rocking, hand flapping). A total of 58 data sets were analyzed. Of those, 72% were male and 28% were female. Among the 29 studies, 61% of the studies evaluated the effects of non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) on motor stereotypy. To determine if these interventions were effective at reducing motor stereotypy, we calculated mean baseline reduction (MBR; Campbell, 2003). A summary of outcomes of these studies and implications for clinical practice and future research will be discussed. |
|
Examining Procedural Variations of Delivering Competing Stimuli in the Treatment of Stereotypy |
JULIA LYNNE TOUHEY (The New England Center for Children), Catlyn Li Volsi (The New England Center for Children), Alexis Shostek (The New England Center for Children), Michaela Efflandt (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Rooker et al. (2018) reviewed the literature for treating automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB). They found that noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) was a commonly effective procedure when informed by a competing stimulus assessment (CSA). Jennett et al. (2011) suggested for some cases non-contingent access to competing stimuli may be insufficient at decreasing target responding and additional treatment components may be necessary. The present experiment examined effects of procedural variations when presenting competing stimuli on functional engagement and stereotypy for seven participants with autism. A standard functional analysis of stereotypy was conducted. Next, at least three effective competing stimuli (ECS) were identified per participant via an augment competing stimulus assessment (A-CSA). Then, two procedural variations were examined: rotating competing items (RCI) and prompting functional engagement (PE). Item contact, functional engagement, and stereotypy were evaluated. Interobserver agreement data were collected in at least 33% of sessions in each condition for all dependent measures and mean total agreement was above 85% for each measure. Results suggest that for five participants both procedural variations were associated with lower levels of stereotypy and higher levels of appropriate behavior, and for the other two participants redirection to functional engagement was necessary to achieve desired outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Factors Influencing Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Outcomes |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 251 |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Pamela L. Neidert, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A substantial body of literature exists demonstrating the use of reinforcement to increase a wide range of socially important behaviors in numerous populations across a range of settings. Systematic preference assessments are effective and efficient methods for identifying stimuli that serve as reinforcers, and numerous studies have demonstrated the predictive validity of a variety of assessment methods. As a result, systematic preference and reinforcer assessments have become a standard feature of both research and clinical practice. However, it has also been shown that numerous factors can influence preference assessment outcomes (presentation method, response requirements, assessment duration, consequence arrangements, etc.) and reinforcement effects (reinforcement parameters and type of schedule arranged during the assessment). The purpose of this symposium is to present the results of four studies examining the influence of a number of these factors. Findings will be discussed in terms of implications for both researchers and practitioners. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): preference assessment, reinforcer assessment |
Target Audience: * experience conducting preference and/or reinforcer assessments
* intermediate conceptual knowledge of basic concepts & principles of behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) explain the approach to evaluating the reliability and predictive validity of alternate preference assessment modalities;
(2) comment on the extent to which session-end criteria can influence break points obtained for individuals responding on progressive-ratio schedules;
(3) describe why practitioners may gain the same information from conducting half the number of trials of a paired-stimulus-preference assessment as conducting all trials; and
(4) tact that that increasing response requirements during paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus preference assessments may not result in systematic and reliable shifts in preference hierarchies. |
|
Does Adding Effort to Preference Assessment Alter the Conclusions |
Tracy Argueta (University of Florida), Nathalie Fernandez (Kenndey Krieger), Brooke Sprague (University of South Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), PAIGE TALHELM (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Several authors have suggested that preference assessments conducted under more stringent conditions that approximate the target clinical context may make better predictions about the relative effectiveness of reinforcers than those conducted under low-effort conditions. However, preference assessments conventionally involve providing access to stimuli contingent on low-effort selection responses such as reaching or pointing. As a first step towards addressing this question, we endeavored to determine whether preferences assessment outcomes differed under low- and high-effort conditions with four individuals with autism ages 3-19. Specifically, we compared the outcomes of paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments under low-effort and higher-effort conditions. In the lower-effort condition, we conducted “standard” assessments requiring only a selection response. In the higher-effort condition, participants made selections only after completing tasks on a fixed-ratio (FR) schedule similar to that used in their typical clinical programming. Our analysis of changes in stimulus ranks indicated that increasing response requirements did not generally result in systematic and reliable shifts in preference hierarchies. |
|
Effects of Session-End Criteria on Break Points and Problem Behavior During Progressive Ratio Assessments |
Franchesca Izquierdo (University of Miami), YANERYS LEON (University of Miami), Kamila Garcia Garcia Marchante (University of Miami) |
Abstract: Basic research has shown that session-end criteria can influence break points obtained for pigeons responding on progressive-ratio schedules. Although applied researchers have used progressive ratio schedules to assess reinforcing efficacy of stimuli in clinical populations, there remains a dearth of evidence on optimal parameters (i.e., step-size, session-end criteria) of progressive ratio schedules in this context. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent to which session-end criteria impact breakpoints and problem behavior of 5 children with IDD responding on progressive ratio schedules. We retroactively examined data obtained in Leon et al. (2020) and applied the following session-end criteria to second-by-second data streams: 1-min, 2-min, and 3-min of no target response. Breakpoints were nearly identical in the 2- and 3-min criteria sessions for all 5 participants; whereas, breakpoints were lower for 3 of 5 participants in the 1-min criteria condition. Additionally, we observed a parametric effect on the occurrence of problem behavior as the session-end criteria increased, (i.e., more problem behavior in 3-min relative to 2-min and more problem behavior in 2-min relative to 1-min). |
|
An Evaluation of an Electronic Picture-Based Multiple-Stimulus-Without-Replacement Preference Assessment |
KATHRYN A GORYCKI (The University of Kansas), Breanna R Roberts (University of Kansas), Ashley Romero (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Reinforcers are critical for skill acquisition and behavior reduction for children with and without intellectual and developmental disorders (IDD), and identification of potential reinforcers via direct stimulus preference assessment (SPA) is a routine part of early childhood education and intervention. Alternate stimulus modalities (e.g., pictorial, verbal, video) have been evaluated in an attempt to decrease administration time and allow assessment of protracted events and events difficult to present during the assessment (Heinicke, 2019). Some studies have shown correspondence by alternative-modality SPAs. However, many of the studies provided access to the actual stimuli contingent upon selection, which limits the potential advantage of decreased assessment time. Further, few studies have examined electronic pictorial stimuli as the presentation stimuli. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the reliability and predictive validity of using electronic-picture stimuli during multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) preference assessments (without contingent access for selection). Specifically, we conducted numerous, daily session blocks for each participant that consisted of three-pairs (i.e., three rounds) of electronic-picture versus actual-item MSWOs followed by a reinforcer assessment of the highest preferred stimuli identified by both preference assessments. The study will be conducted with at least 6 children. To date, three young children with no known diagnoses have participated. Preliminary results show relatively high reliability of the e-pic MSWO for only 1 of 3 children; however, predictive validity was relatively low for all children. |
|
Evaluating a Briefer Version of Paired-Stimulus-Preference Assessments |
MARY KATHERINE CAREY (Glenwood, Inc), Renea Rose (Glenwood, Inc) |
Abstract: The utility of paired-stimulus-preference assessments for identifying an array of potentially reinforcing stimuli is well documented in applied-behavior-analytic literature. However, guidance as to how many trials are necessary to conduct of the assessment to obtain a reliable rank-order of stimuli has not yet been provided to practitioners. Thus, the current study determined whether conducting 50% of trials of a paired-stimulus preference assessment yielded the same results in terms of rank-order of stimuli and percent selection of stimuli. Additionally, Spearman’s correlation coefficients were calculated to demonstrate the mean correlation between rank-order of stimuli of the partial assessment to the full assessment. A post-hoc analysis of 30 archival paired-stimulus data sets gathered from a center for individuals with autism was conducted. Results thus far show that the mean correlation coefficients exceeded a critical r value of 0.60 for every data set analyzed. Therefore, practitioners may gain the same information from conducting half the number of trials of a paired-stimulus-preference assessment as conducting all trials. |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving Vocational Skills and Employment Outcomes in Adolescents and Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tracie B. Mann (Child Study Center at Cook Children's Medical Center) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Adults with developmental disabilities face many barriers when seeking job opportunities, resulting in a significantly lower rate of employment compared to adults without disabilities. Even when employed, individuals in this population tend to work fewer hours and earn less money. One contributing factor to this phenomenon is the lack of preparation individuals with disabilities experience during their school years, which leads to many young adults finding themselves ill-equipped to enter the workforce. This symposium presents the results of four studies, conducted across four different research labs, evaluating variables related to improving vocational skills and employment outcomes in adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities. In the first presentation, Budge et al. present their work on extending LaRue et al.’s (2019) study evaluating the utility of a skill-based assessment to identify individual vocational aptitude, and then comparing performance on aptitude matched and unmatched jobs. Budge et al. expanded the assessment to include environmental factors (e.g., indoor v. outdoor, loud v. quiet. etc.). In the second presentation, Dora et al. describe their study on modifying Lerman et al.’s (2017) assessment of vocational social skills by using videoconferencing software. In the third presentation, Beahm et al. present their work on using an app-based token economy to increase engagement with daily living and vocational tasks in adults with disabilities. Finally, in the fourth presentation, James-Kelly et al. present data from their study on teaching adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities how to participate in an interview. The symposium will conclude with remarks from a discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Adults, BST, employment, Vocational assessment |
Target Audience: BCBAs: practitioners and applied researchers who work with adolescents or adults with autism or other developmental disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe a method to assess job-related social skills and job aptitude and identify how to use assessment results; (2) Understand how to use behavioral skills training to teach interview skills; (3) Describe a procedure to use a token economy to improve engagement with daily living and vocational tasks. |
|
Accounting for Environmental and Task-Specific Factors for Improving Employment Matching for Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JENNA BUDGE (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Todd Frischmann (Rutgers University), Caitlin Kehoe (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Employment rates for adults with autism are significantly lower than those reported for any other population of adults with disabilities (Bush & Tassé, 2017). LaRue and colleagues (2019) developed a skill-based vocational assessment for six individuals diagnosed with ASD. The assessment evaluated preference for specific task characteristics (i.e., interaction, task complexity, movement). The authors used the assessment results to design matched and unmatched work tasks. They found that matched tasks were consistently more preferred and resulted in less disruptive behavior and more on task behavior. While the findings of the LaRue et al. study useful for the purpose of modifying jobs, the initial version of the assessment does not account for other environmental factors that may contribute to job success. In the current investigation, we are expanding the original assessment model proposed by LaRue and colleagues to include environmental factors, including noise level (noisy v. quiet), setting (indoor v. outdoor), and presence of others (crowded v. non-crowded). As in the original study, matched and unmatched jobs will be designed using the environmental assessment results. Preliminary data suggest that the use of this brief, skill-based vocational assessment may be a viable tool for improving employment outcomes for adolescents and adults with ASD. |
|
Conducting an Assessment and Intervention of Vocational Social Skills via Telehealth |
MEGAN DORA (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sopia Som (Virginia Institute of Autism), Amanda Davis (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: In this study, we implemented a modified version of the assessment of vocational social skills described in Lerman et al. (2017) with participants via videoconferencing software. Any skills deficits identified during the assessment received training using a response-to-intervention approach. The response-to-intervention approach included written instructions, textual prompts, corrective feedback, and Behavior Skills Training (BST). Two participants, ages 16 -19 participated. The trainer introduced intervention components as needed. We also evaluated generalization from telehealth to in vivo sessions. Results indicated that the response-to-intervention approach was effective in improving the targeted skills. In addition, generalized responding from telehealth to in vivo sessions emerged. These findings add to the current literature by demonstrating a method for both assessing job-related social skills and determining the most effective prompting strategy to teach those skills directly via telehealth. |
|
Using an App-Based Token Economy to Increase Engagement in Daily Living and Vocational Tasks With Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
LYDIA A BEAHM (Virginia Institute of Autism), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Noelle Arico Funk (Virginia Institute of Autism), Lauren Haskins (Virginia Institute of Autism), Jake Frazier (Virginia Institute of Autism, Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The token economy intervention is an evidence-based practice that improves outcomes across populations, settings, and behaviors. Nonetheless, their complex nature frequently leads to ineffective implementation. Additionally, little is known about the extent to which token economies are effective for increasing engagement in adults with disabilities. Therefore, we conducted a multiple probe across participants study to evaluate the effectiveness of an app-based token economy to increase engagement with daily living and vocational tasks in adults with disabilities. All participants increased their engagement with tasks following the introduction of the intervention. However, social validity results indicate that staff members found some components of the interventions challenging to implement. |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Interview Skills to Adolescents and Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
KIMBERLY JAMES-KELLY (Child Study Center at Cook Children's), Tracie B. Mann (Child Study Center at Cook Children's) |
Abstract: Adults with developmental disabilities are underemployed compared to their typically developing counterparts. Teaching adolescents and young adults with disabilities interview skills is an important first step toward securing employment. There are data to suggest that behavioral skills training (BST) is effective in this endeavor, but more are needed. We taught adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities to respond to a set of commonly asked interview questions using BST. Correct responding included an appropriate, on-topic answer and appropriate body language. We used a multiple probe design across question categories to evaluate the effects of BST on responding to taught questions. We also measured the extent to which the effects generalized to untaught but similar questions, and to different interview formats (phone and Zoom interviews). Preliminary findings indicate BST is effective in improving interview skills across response components and facilitates some degree of generalization. |
|
|
|
|
|
Updating Relational Frame Theory: What is it, What are its Implications, and Where is it Going? |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A |
Area: EAB/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
CE Instructor: Carolina Coury Silveira de Almeida, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The roots of relational frame theory (RFT) can be traced back to an early conference paper on rule-governed behaviour in 1984. The seminal book-length treatment of RFT is now itself 20 years old. In that time the account has introduced many new terms, concepts and methods that would be unfamiliar to traditional behavior analysis. The current symposium presents four papers that involve critically reappraising this (RFT) work in an effort to determine its value, while also identifying ways in which to move forward. We argue that progress will likely involve being genuinely open to identifying potential weaknesses in analytic strategies, limitations in key concepts, and in a willingness to engage genuinely with alternative approaches to the study of human language and cognition within behavior analysis. Specifically, the four papers will consider (1) recent developments in the analysis of data from an RFT methodology, known as the implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP); (2) the limited utility of the concepts of pliance, tracking and augmenting within RFT; (3) the use of a new framework in applied behavior analyses of language and cognition; and (4) the potential benefits of drawing on both RFT and Verbal Behavior Development Theory (VBDT) in the experimental analysis of human language and cognition. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): HDML/MDML, IRAP, RFT, Rule-Governed Behavior |
Target Audience: A basic background in behaviour analysis is assumed. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize recent developments in RFT; (2) articulate the way in which recent developments have led to a revaluation of some of the key concepts and methodologies within RFT; (3) provide examples of how recent developments in RFT connect more directly with applied behavior analysis. |
|
Pliance, Tracking and Augmenting Within Relational Frame Theory: Vague Concepts Masquerading as High-Precision Technical Terms? |
(Theory) |
COLIN HARTE (Federal University of São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University) |
Abstract: Pliance, tracking and augmenting were defined as functionally distinct categories of rule-governed behavior in 1982. Since this time, however, the terms have rarely been used as the basis for conducting systematic experimental-analytic research, despite their theoretical centrality to the study of rule-governed behavior. 40 years later, it seems useful to reflect upon their place within the literature on the experimental analysis of human behavior, and relational frame theory in particular. In the current talk we evaluate their place within the literature and argue that they should be considered middle-level terms, which lack the relative precision of technical terms within the literature on relational frame theory (RFT). We explore the potential utility of conceptualizing rules as involving increasingly complex derived relational networks and focusing on various dimensions that impact such networks. Finally, we briefly consider a new program of research that has begun to take this approach in the context of up-dating RFT. |
|
Evaluating and Training Perspective-Taking Guided by the Multi-Dimensional Multi-Level Framework |
(Applied Research) |
CAROLINA COURY SILVEIRA DE ALMEIDA (ABAKids: Desenvolvimento Infantil), João Henrique de Almeida (Londrina State University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Perspectives Ireland Consulting Psychologists, Ltd.), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University) |
Abstract: Demonstrating awareness of oneself and the states of others is argued to involve a highly complex behavior referred to as perspective taking. Before abstracting or inferring another person's perspective, one depends on a sufficient previously trained relational repertoire. The objective of the current study was to draw on the fundamental units of AARR, specifically with respect to deictic repertoires, using the MDML framework and explore a set of tasks to evaluate and train perspective-taking (PT). A set of non-arbitrary and arbitrary tasks were used to investigate relational repertoires at four levels of relational development (1-mutual entailment, 2-relational framing, 3-relational networking, 4-relating relations) for various generalised patterns of responding (coordination, difference, opposition, comparison, and hierarchy). Data from two children of similar developmental age (one with typical development and one with autism) were collected. The typical development child presented the expected level in abstract relations and showed success in the PT test. The child with autism initially failed the PT test but after an MDML-based intervention showed development in his relational repertoire and finally succeeded in the PT test. This study adds potentially valuable information about the minimal units required for deictic relational responding. |
|
An Application of Updated Relational Frame Theory to Study Naming |
(Applied Research) |
MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Ghent University, Belgium; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Herbert Roeyers (Ghent University) |
Abstract: Conceptual developments in RFT, which have provided a general framework (Hyper Dimensional Multi-Level framework) and a dynamical unit of analysis (Relating, Orienting, and Evoking, ROE) have served to highlight clear points of contact and overlap between the analysis of naming and different levels and dimensions of derived relating, in general. Previous studies on naming have presented the object and its name simultaneously during both training and testing, and thus the training component may establish a transformation of function (ToF) directly between the object and the name. The aim of the current study was to test the emergence of speaker naming and entailed ToF with a non-simultaneous presentation technique and evaluate the effectiveness of Multiple Exemplar Training (MET) if deficits are observed. Five typically-developing toddlers participated in the study, and initially, none of the participants exhibited correct naming responses. Three participants received MET, which led to improvements in speaker naming for all. Of these, one needed additional training with simultaneous stimulus presentation trials. The remaining two participants were tested repeatedly, without MET, and did not show any consistent improvements in naming. The applications of the HDML framework to assess the strength of the levels/dimensions of naming are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving Implementation of Evidence-Based Practices for Students With Autism in School Settings |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Evy Boateng (University of Illinois at Chicago ) |
Discussant: Jeffrey Chan (Northern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Chan, M.A. |
Abstract: An evidence-based practice (EBP) is a strategy, intervention, or practice that has been shown through rigorous research to be effective (Iris Center, 2010). Children with autism often benefit from the implementation of EBP. Peer-mediated interventions (PMI), pyramidal training and inclusive practices have been identified to be effective in improving students’ outcomes. A teacher's self-efficacy is likely to play an important role in whether they demonstrated persistence in using EBP to meet students’ goals. The following studies exemplify why improving the implementation of EBPs are important for children with autism in a school setting. This symposium begins with a study demonstrating the use of program evaluations to identify barriers to implementation of inclusive practices. Next, we present a systematic review of pyramidal training literature to identify strengths and gaps in the literature. Then we present a study on self-efficacy which is associated with meeting expectations. Finally, we end with a literature review of PMI to promote further research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Evidence-Based, Special Education |
Target Audience: Participate should have a basic understanding of behavior analytic interventions and an understanding of the special education system. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the importance of evidence-based practice to support inclusion for children with autism in the school setting.; (2) List a few evidence-based practices for children with autism in school settings.; (3) Recite strengths and gaps within the literature surrounding evidence-based practices. |
|
Program Evaluation of Special Education Programming in a Public Elementary School |
Jasmine Begeske (Purdue University), Eric Shannon (Purdue University), AMANDA M AUSTIN BOROSH (Purdue University), Jingyuan Zhang (Purdue University), Mehmet Sulu (Purdue University), Suneeta Kercood (Butler University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Implementation of inclusive practices in schools is important for improving educational, social, and behavioral outcomes for students with autism and other disabilities (SWDs), however, the execution and maintenance of these practices relies on contextual variables at the organizational level. Using a participatory action research framework, we conducted a program evaluation of special education services in a public elementary school to identify strengths and barriers to implementation of inclusive practices for SWDs. This mixed methods study gathered data by way of semi-structured interviews with special education service providers (SESPs; n = 7) and a survey of general education teachers (GETs; n = 23) and SESPs (n = 10). Qualitative data revealed strengths in special education team collaboration, and access to financial and tangible resources for SWDs. These data also uncovered systemic organizational barriers including very large caseloads, lack of training in evidence-based behavioral and co-teaching strategies, frequent paraprofessional turnover, and lack of scheduled time for collaboration between GETs and SESPs. Quantitative analyses identified significant philosophical discrepancies between GETs and SESPs, especially around inclusion of SWDs who exhibit challenging behavior. The utility and importance of using program evaluations to identify organizational barriers that impact service delivery for SWDs will be discussed. |
|
Use of Pyramidal Training in Schools: A Systematic Review |
Rachel García (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), REBECCA ANNE RECEVEUR (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Pyramidal training uses an expert to provide training to an individual or small group (Tier 1) who then go on to train other individuals or small groups (Tier 2) to implement the training protocol with a student (Tier 3; Parsons et al., 2013). Schools may benefit from pyramidal training given the need for high fidelity implementation of evidence-based practices balanced with cost- and time-efficient training for teachers and staff. As such, a systematic review of pyramidal training in schools was conducted. Nine studies were identified for inclusion and were summarized based on Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 characteristics, treatment integrity and outcome measures, and social validity. Results indicated the train-the-trainer model was effective in training general education teachers, special education teachers, administrators, and paraprofessionals to implement behavior analytic assessments and interventions with students. Few studies evaluated social validity, generalization, or maintenance, however those that did identified positive results. Implications for practitioners and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
Special Educators Self-Efficacy in Implementing Evidence-Based Practices for Students With Autism |
MACKENZIE RAYE WICKER (Baylor University), Julia M Hrabal (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tracey Sulak (Baylor University), Providence Lively (Baylor University), Kailah Hall (Baylor University), Katie Hine (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Self-efficacy refers to an individual’s perceived ability to accomplish specific expectations. Research indicates that individuals with higher self-efficacy are more likely to demonstrate persistent behaviors associated with meeting expectations. We administered the Autism Self-Efficacy Scale for Teachers (ASSET; Ruble et al., 2013) via a Qualtrics survey to 300 educators who teach students with autism in Texas. Educators were recruited via email and were asked to respond to 30 items describing common responsibilities of teachers of students with autism. The educators responded to each item on a scale of 0 – 100, with the following anchors: 0 = cannot do at all, 50 = moderately can do, 100 = highly certain can do. The mean self-efficacy across all items was 70.0, however individual responding varied across items, ranging 83 – 100 point spread between highest and lowest scores. Special educators need additional support to ensure they are confident in their abilities to implement evidence-based practices with students with autism. The purpose of this study was to determine Texas educator’s self-efficacy relating to teaching students with autism. |
|
Evaluating Implementation Fidelity of Peer-Mediated Interventions to Enhance Social Communication: A Systematic and Quality Review |
HANNAH CROSLEY (Purdue University), Amanda M Austin Borosh (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Christopher Santos (Purdue University), Dylan Nicholls (Purdue University), Sierra Allen (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Peer-mediated intervention (PMI) is an evidence-based practice that utilizes one or more peers to provide ongoing and individualized support to their neurodivergent classmates through the implementation of instructional programs, behavioral strategies, and the facilitation of social interactions. There is a growing body of evidence that demonstrates efficacy and social validity within inclusive middle and high school classrooms utilizing PMIs. However, limited attention has focused on collecting data on the peer partners’ implementation fidelity. This systematic and quality review identified single-case studies addressing PMIs implemented at the secondary level (i.e., grades 6-12) to support students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), ASD with co-occurring conditions, and intellectual disabilities (ID). Of the 25 PMI studies we identified, 19 studies met What Works Clearinghouse quality standards for single-case research. Among the 19 studies included in the current review, four studies (21%) assessed the peer partner’s implementation fidelity during the intervention. This review provides recommendations for research and practice aimed at identifying strengths and gaps in the literature base related to implementation fidelity of PMIs in secondary schools. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Classrooms: Applications Across Teachers and Students |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ky'Aria Moses (Western Michigan University ) |
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
CE Instructor: Ky'Aria Moses, M.A. |
Abstract: The application of evidenced-based practices in classroom settings are imperative for the advancement of teacher performances and student outcomes. Training teachers to implement classroom management strategies with fidelity can positively impact students’ academic and behavioral performance in the classroom. Studies in this symposium will cover a range of teacher directed trainings, classroom management strategies, and effective interventions for reducing student challenging behaviors. The first presenter will discuss an evaluation of effective teacher training approaches. The second presenter will review the impact of performance feedback and self-monitoring on teachers’ use of behavior specific praise. The third presentation will focus on the use of baseline classroom data to enhance teachers’ implementation of classroom management strategies. The fourth presenter will provide an overview of interventions effective for decreasing challenging behaviors in the classroom. This symposium will highlight considerations for collaborating with teachers, discuss implications for training and implementing classroom management strategies, and outline future research directions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Challenging Behaviors, Classroom Management, Teacher Training, Treatment Integrity |
Target Audience: BCaBAs, BCBAs, Behavior Consultants; Classroom Consultants |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Describe effective teacher training approaches to increase implementation of EBP; (2) Identify effective components of effective classroom management; (3) Discuss the utility of baseline classroom conditions on teacher training; and (4) Describe effective interventions to decrease student challenging behaviors. |
|
Impact of Training Approach to Enhance Teacher-Implemented Intervention for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analytic Comparison |
SUNGWOO KANG (Purdue University), Youjia Hua (University of Virginia), Suzanne Woods-Groves (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Best education practices require the well-established procedural integrity of the intervention. Additionally, natural interventionists such as teachers and paraprofessionals have been demonstrated to effectively teach children with autism spectrum disorders in school settings. The overall and moderating effects of these training approaches have remained unknown. Therefore, the purpose of this meta-analysis is to systematically review single case design studies testing the efficacy of training to improve teacher-implemented interventions for students with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The overall mean effect size of the training on implementation fidelity was Tau-U = .64 (95% CI [.50, .70]), and moderating variables such as training environment, participant's educational background, training approaches were associated with improving the implementation fidelity. The outcomes from the single-case design literature suggest that consistent monitoring of the implementation positively affects teachers' implementation fidelity. |
|
Enhancing Teacher Delivery of Behavior Specific Praise With Performance Feedback and Self-Monitoring |
KY'ARIA MOSES (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Teachers receive a number of professional development trainings and consultations to develop or enhance their repertoire in various evidenced based practices (EBP) and classroom management strategies. Nevertheless, teachers’ adherence to strategies learned during trainings often decline when external supports are removed (Codding et al., 2015; Oliver et al., 2015) which may lead to challenges in the consistent and accurate implementation of EBP in classroom settings (Shernoff et al., 2020). Performance feedback and self-monitoring have been used to address these challenges and promote teachers’ use and fidelity of EBP in the classroom (Scheeler et al., 2004; Oliver et al., 2015). The purpose of this study is to examine the impact of performance feedback and self-monitoring on teachers’ delivery of behavior specific praise (BSP) in their classrooms using a multiple baseline design across participants. Results suggest performance feedback was successful in increasing the rate of BSP while self-monitoring maintained BSP at a predetermined goal, in the absence of observation or feedback for two teachers. These results align with prior literature, suggesting that performance feedback is effective in changing teacher performance and self-monitoring is potentially a viable strategy to promote maintenance in EBP in the absence of external supports and feedback. |
|
Using Baseline Classroom Conditions Data to Train Teachers to Implement Classroom Management Strategies |
SYDNEY MARIE HARMON (Western Michigan University), Daphne Snyder (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Jennifer Sova (Kalamazoo RESA
) |
Abstract: Rates of active student responding (ASR), appropriateness of the curriculum, feedback and reinforcement, and effective instructions and transitions are essential components of classroom management (Kestner, Peterson, Eldridge, and Peterson, 2018). These components have a direct impact on students’ academic and behavioral performance in the classroom (Harbour, Evanovich, Sweigart, & Hughes, 2015). Thus, practitioners should consider these components when consulting in the classroom. The purpose of this presentation is to describe how baseline classroom condition data is utilized to provide coaching to preschool teachers in order to improve overall classroom management practices. Following collection of baseline classroom conditions data, consultants met with teachers to discuss their current performance and their goals specifically relating to ASR, feedback and reinforcement, and effective instructions/transitions. Consultants then provided models and coaching of effective classroom management strategies until the classroom teacher met their goals. Results indicate that goal setting and coaching based on baseline classroom conditions data is an effective strategy for training classroom management strategies. |
|
School-Based Interventions Targeting Challenging Behavior of Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities: A Meta-Analysis |
MARIE DAVID (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), John Davis (University of Utah), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), Qingli Lei (Purdue University), Catherine Lory (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior tends to increase in levels during adolescence for individuals with developmental disabilities (DD). If not addressed, this can lead to negative post-school outcomes for adolescents with DD. The purposes of this meta-analysis were to examine the effects of behavioral intervention in reducing challenging behaviors of adolescents with DD and to identify variables that could potentially moderate these effects. This meta-analysis included 30 single-case design studies that met standards for methodological rigor and experimental control. Overall, behavioral interventions were found to yield moderate effects for adolescents with DD (overall Tau-U = 0.68, SD = 0.04, [0.62, 0.73]) across settings and types of challenging behaviors. With regard to participant and setting characteristics, verbal ability and classroom setting were found to moderate the effects of the intervention outcomes with statistical significance. No other variables produced similar findings. Furthermore, statistically significant differences were found between interventions that included or did not include planned reinforcement as an intervention component. Several implications for research and practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
What's Technology Got to Do With It? Well Basically Everything Nowadays |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brandon M Franklin (Lee Specialty Clinic) |
Discussant: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
CE Instructor: Marc J. Lanovaz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral principles and procedures have demonstrated their effectiveness when applied in the context of intensive interventions aimed at increasing skill acquisition and reducing challenging behaviors of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other neurodiverse populations. However, important limitations may prevent appropriate training of individuals implementing these procedures, such as the lack of regular face-to-face contact with qualified professionals. The current pandemic has only exacerbated this problem and emphasized the need to develop innovative yet practical technologies that facilitate access to evidence-based information and skills training. This symposium seeks to present the respective evaluations and outcomes of four studies examining the use of a) a self-directed online training program, b) telehealth, c) a mobile application, and d) virtual reality training (VRT). Across these studies, participants included experienced volunteers, parents, professionals, university students, and Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Overall results demonstrate that these methods are effective for training individuals possessing different levels of expertise on a wide variety of skill sets. Social validity measures also demonstrate the usefulness and acceptability of the technology employed. The clinical implications are significant in that these proposed methods may address training barriers related to access and cost, thus benefiting service providers and their clients. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): e-learning, telehealth, training technology, VRT |
Target Audience: The participants should be familiar with behavior analytic interventions and have a general understanding of their application via current and emerging technologies. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants will be able to: 1) Identify and describe common barriers limiting access to expert trainers and early intensive behavioral interventions. 2) Describe the development and application of technologies, such as telehealth, online platforms, mobile apps, and virtual reality training to teach behavioral skills and procedures. 3) Describe the overall effectiveness of these technologies in terms of skill acquisition as well as perceived satisfaction and acceptability. |
|
Evaluation of the Simple Steps Online Training Platform: Promoting Diversity and Inclusion in Autism Interventions |
GENEVIÈVE N. ROY-WSIAKI (Université de Saint Boniface), Nicolas Gravel (University of Manitoba), Maria Pongoski (Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis, University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Over the past two decades, there has been a rapid increase in the prevalence rate of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Concurrently, there is a greater demand for evidence-based resources and intervention programs, such as early intensive interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA). This may create a challenge for families, especially where there are geographic or language constraints. The Simple Steps Autism online teaching platform aims to support parents and professionals by providing step-by-step training on autism and the principles of ABA in several languages. The purpose of this descriptive study was to develop and evaluate the French version of this platform. The evaluation was conducted with French-speaking parents, professionals, and university students in Manitoba, Canada. A total of 10 participants consulted the platform and provided feedback through an online survey. Overall results demonstrate a favorable impression of the site's components, its ease of use, and its usefulness as a pedagogical tool. The results of this study also contribute to existing data regarding the social validity of the Simple Steps platform. The presenter will review these findings and discuss clinical and research implications. |
|
Training Behavior Analysts via Telehealth to Conduct Trial-Based Functional Analysis Through Video Modeling |
KARIE JOHN (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Alyssa Zak (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Functional analyses are considered the “gold standard” for assessing problem behavior, and although many behavior analysts recognize the value of conducting a functional analysis, some report being hesitant to conduct the assessment (Oliver et al., 2015). This may be because there are potential barriers to conducting functional analyses. Two of the most common barriers include setting limitations (Roscoe et al., 2015) and lack of trained staff to conduct the assessment. Researchers within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis have addressed these limitations by developing variations of the traditional FA and demonstrating that those procedures could be taught across various populations. Perhaps the issue related to training isn’t one of quality, but accessibility to quality training. The purpose of this study was to evaluate if a remotely delivered video modeling procedure would be effective at training Board Certified Behavior Analysts to conduct the trial-based functional analysis procedures. Results from this study demonstrated that the remotely delivered video modeling procedure was effective and all participants met mastery criteria. |
|
Integrating Behavioral Skills Training and Video Modelling Within an E-Learning Modality to Train Volunteers Working With Neurodiverse Populations |
KIRSTEN YOUNG (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University), Maureen Connolly (Brock University), Julia DeSantis (Brock University) |
Abstract: Volunteers supporting neurodiverse populations require adequate training on instructional strategies to ensure the safety of themselves and those they are supporting. While behavioral skills training (BST) is an empirically validated training framework, it has some constraints such as requiring an experienced trainer. Implementing a BST framework into a mobile application to train volunteers interacting with neurodiverse populations may help to increase volunteers’ implementation accuracy of pre-determined instructional strategies. This study evaluated the efficacy of a mobile application based on BST and voice over video modelling (VMVO) on volunteers’ implementation accuracy of three instructional strategies. Semi-structured interviews with experienced volunteers in an adaptive movement program informed which instructional skills were included in the app (visual schedules, modeling, and high-probability instructional sequence). A multiple probe design across behaviours demonstrated preliminary efficacy of the app for training two novel volunteers. Participants also reported the app to be highly acceptable. |
|
Review of Artificial Intelligence Embedded Virtual Reality Trainings |
AN AN CHANG (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Roxana Lemus (California State University, Northridge), Matthew Davies (California State University, Northridge), Vahe Esmaeili (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Researchers have conducted studies on the integration of autonomous artificial intelligence (AI) in Virtual Reality Training (VRT); however, little is known about the effectiveness of these trainings and the types of skills that are typically taught. Out of the 1,357 related articles found, there were 18 articles that met our inclusionary criteria. We analyzed the 18 articles along the dimensions of participant demographics (e.g., age, disability, ethnicity); skills taught; measurement methods; components of VRTs (e.g., feedback, communication medium, degree of immersion); effectiveness; and social validity. Our results showed that VRT is effective in teaching social, safety, and professional skills (e.g., vocally initiate play, fire escape, job interview) to diverse populations. The results of the present review suggest that VRT is a viable option for scaling behavior skills training, significantly reducing training cost. In this symposium, we will compare the 12 VRTs mentioned in the present review, discuss ways for behavior analysts to leverage VRTs with autonomous AI, and recommendations for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Verbal Behavior |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C |
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will comprise empirical and review studies focusing on the acquisition of verbal behavior across various domains including manding and tacting. We will begin with a literature review of critical components when conducting mand training. Next, we will hear about an empirical evaluation of two methods of teaching mand and tact responses, namely total communication and vocal alone training. Then, we will see data comparing the acquisition of different mand modalities (e.g., sign and picture exchange). Finally, we will close with a literature review on preferences between high- and low-tech mand modalities. This symposium will conclude with a discussion of the above work. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): manding, tacting, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: As this is at the basic instruction level, anyone is appropriate. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Summarize the necessary components to mand training. 2. Understand how to assess various strategies to promote teaching a new verbal response. 3. Better understand how to use skills assessment to inform the selection of a mand modality for a given individual. |
|
Searching for the Active Ingredients: A Review of the Critical Components in Mand Training Interventions |
MEKA MCCAMMON (University of South Florida), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Aaron Check (University of South Carolina) |
Abstract: Identifying the most effective methods for teaching young children to mand is clinically important. These methods should be both feasible and ecologically valid for applied settings and natural change agents. While mand training is a common intervention for children with autism there is a need for determining if procedures are consistent with Skinner’s (1957) conceptual analysis. Additional inquiry is necessary to identify which of these conceptual variables are included in intervention procedures for preschool-aged students and whether functional relations are demonstrated. In the present review, we identified 109 cases and 118 participants across 45 peer-reviewed studies and dissertations implementing mand training. We conducted a systematic descriptive analysis to summarize the extant literature and concluded that researchers variably incorporate the essential components of mand training. Specifically, most researchers account for the motivating operation in some way, but few take measures to ensure a motivating operation exists before providing response prompts. There are inconsistent patterns between the types of response prompts and other instructional procedures utilized, but researchers do not describe the processes for selecting these components. Finally, while researchers seldomly deliver conditioned reinforcers following the emission of the target response, more focus on assessing the evocative effect is necessary. These considerable implications for practice and conceptualization are discussed. |
|
A Comparison Study of Total Communication Training and Vocal Alone Teaching Tacts With Individuals With Developmental Delays |
HAILEE CATHERINE PEREZ (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Total Communication (TC) consists of teaching both the manual sign and a vocalization for a targeted word originally described by Barrera and Sulzer-Azaroff (1983) and Sisson and Barret (1984). Very few studies have replicated these studies, with the exception of Carbone, Lewis, Sweeney-Kerwin, Dixon, Louden, and Quinn (2006). All three studies found that TC resulted in faster acquisition of the vocal verbal responses. In this study, we compared teaching vocal mand and tact responses to individuals with developmental delays by simultaneously prompting both a manual sign and a vocal response (i.e., TC condition) or by prompting the vocal responses only (i.e., vocal only condition). In both treatments, we utilized a vocal-verbal echoic prompt of the targeted word using a progressive prompt delay, and positive reinforcement for correct responses. Treatments were compared in an alternating treatments design. Trials to criterion were analyzed to determine the efficiency of each teaching procedure. Results were idiosyncratic, but minimal differences in acquisition were noted. Interestingly, individuals independently learned two responses (vocal and sign) in the TC condition, in the same amount of time it took for individuals to learn just the vocal response word in the vocal only condition. |
|
Evaluation of a Mand Modality Assessment |
COURTNEY MAUZY (University of Georgia), Courtney Hannula (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Previous research indicates that a brief prerequisite skills assessment can help to inform which mand modality will be most efficient to teach (Valentino et al, 2019). The participants in the previous study did not have a history of using any particular mand modality before they participated. This study examined the utility of this prerequisite skills assessment and the rate of acquisition of each mand modality for participants who engage in problem behavior and may have had a short history using a particular modality as a part of their existing treatment for problem behavior. Preliminary results replicate that of previous research, indicating that picture exchange is the most effective and efficient modality for acquiring the target mand. For participants that exhibited problem behavior during the study, preliminary results show that the mand modality sessions that results in the highest rates of problem behavior include the modality that was less effective and efficient for acquiring the target mands. |
|
Preference for High- and Low-Tech Augmentative and Alternative Communication Mand Modalities: A Review of the Literature and Current Outcome Data |
ALEX PAULS (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: An important step in developing an effective functional communication training (FCT) program is determining an appropriate mand modality to replace problem behavior. A number of user and modality factors are often considered, such as the response effort required for a particular modality, the history and proficiency of the user with a particular modality, and the user’s preference for each modality. Research on user preference suggests that mand modalities deemed high-preferred may lead to greater persistence of communication when a treatment challenge is encountered (e.g., extinction of mand response; Ringdahl et al., 2018); however, a review of the extant literature shows that most FCT studies do not report conducting mand preference assessments and there is some variability in procedures among those that do. This presentation will provide an overview of the existing research literature on mand modality preference assessments using high- and low-tech augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) options and provide a summary of published and unpublished data from a standardized mand preference assessment for individuals with disabilities. We will discuss the results in relation to previous research findings and in light of the limitations and gaps in the research to date. |
|
|
|
|
|
Delivering Applied Behavior Analysis Services in a Special Education Model: Suggested Guidelines for Ethical and Effective Practice |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
10:30 AM–10:55 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University) |
CE Instructor: Maeve G. Donnelly, Ph.D. |
|
Delivering Applied Behavior Analysis Services in a Special Education Model: Suggested Guidelines for Ethical and Effective Practice |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (Northeastern University) |
|
Abstract: As Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) begin to apply the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts in 2022, they will note an emphasis on following applicable laws across settings. When applied behavior analysis (ABA) services are delivered in an elementary or secondary school setting and/or as part of an Individualized Education Program (IEP), practitioners must adhere to professional ethical practice guidelines as well as comply with federal mandates established by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). Board-Certified Behavior Analysts may not be aware of IDEA principles because they are not specifically noted in the BACB Task List (5th ed.) and, thus, may not have been included in professional training or coursework. Standards for best practice in ABA service delivery may appear to be in conflict with federal standards for education of individuals with disabilities (e.g., emphasis on least restrictive environment). In this talk, the author (a BCBA-Doctoral and licensed special education administrator in Massachusetts) will discuss historical and current federal mandates that affect ABA service delivery in elementary and secondary education settings in the United States, ethical considerations for service delivery in these settings, and recommendations for providing effective, ethical, comprehensive, and compliant ABA services in schools. |
|
Target Audience: The target audience for this talk is practicing BCBAs working in elementary or secondary education settings in the United States. Any level of experience is welcome; however, BCBAs that are relatively new to working in public school environments may find this talk especially beneficial. Additionally, BCBAs working in private schools who implement IEPs will also find this talk useful. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the six foundational principles of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA, 2004) 2) Identify how the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act affects BCBA practice in elementary and secondary school settings 3) Describe solutions to ethical challenges that may arise when maintaining compliance with both IDEA and the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts |
|
|
|
|
|
Managing the Key Behaviors in Training a New Dog: Most of Them are NOT the Dog's |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:25 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 154 |
Area: AAB |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Matthew Gross (Shippensburg University) |
CE Instructor: Richard Cook, M.D. |
|
Managing the Key Behaviors in Training a New Dog: Most of Them are NOT the Dog's |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MATTHEW GROSS (Shippensburg University), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey) |
|
Abstract: Successfully "training" a new dog is a function of mindfulness of their own behaviors by the dog's "people," and their ability to manage those behaviors in the context of the interactions with the dog, and in their interactions with other humans regarding the dog's behavior. Multiple behaviors, overt and private, must be emitted in the process of adopting a dog. Once adopted, the rituals begin of training the dog to emit or not emit targeted behaviors. Interactions with other humans can be a threat to consistency needed in the early phases of treatment Once the owner(s) has developed a position regarding a behavior in various situations, it behooves the training process consistency to have a concise and clear plan to communicate the desired behavior plan to those who might interact with the dog, and teach it to those humans. For example, if the owner prefers that the dog not be allowed to jump up onto a person when greeting, or not be given table food, those preferences should be made clear to any human interacting with the dog. Other domains of human behaviors include interactions of persons with the dog regarding tricks, treats, greeting and petting, preferences for walking or holding the dog, and the essentials of communication between humans regarding dog behaviors. Interactions with other animals, and with owners of other animals, as well as the intersection of the dog and the environment either at home or out in the world encountered when going for a walk become the real world of maintenance, generalization, and discrimination of dog behavior, such as the interaction of the new dog with other dogs, other house pets, other humans, and wild animals. It is the owner to other human behaviors that lay the foundation of the dog's behavior. If the "owner" is a couple, there is an exponential increase in behaviors human behaviors emitted, including "private" behaviors such as attitudes toward and understanding of basic behavior principles such as reinforcement and punishment, all of which which need to be defined and shaped. To the extent the owner understands principles of behavior, and can explain them to others in the context of increasing or decreasing specific dog behaviors, such as barking, chasing, marking, etc., it can help make for more consistent training for the dog, and less arguments for the people. This presentation will highlight domains of human behaviors which need to be shaped when adopting and training a new dog. |
|
Target Audience: attendees who own dogs, like dogs, want to own a dog, train dogs, think they know how to train a dog; attendees who realize that the focus in training a dog must first be on training the owner to emit desired behaviors, from the initial stages of thinking about getting a dog, thru selection, and then training, with other humans, with interactions with other dogs |
Learning Objectives: 1. articulate steps in teaching an OWNER how to consider selection of a dog 2. discuss owner behaviors that must be shaped with respect to dog parks, walking the dog, interacting with other dogs and owners 3. demonstrate the approaches to teaching the dog consistently, buy first teaching others who will interact with the dog to emit desired dog interactive behaviors in a consistent fashion |
|
|
|
|
|
From Faculty to the Front Lines: Living the Research to Practice Gap |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:25 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Ginger Kelso (Northwestern State University of Louisiana) |
CE Instructor: Ginger Kelso, Ph.D. |
|
From Faculty to the Front Lines: Living the Research to Practice Gap |
Domain: Service Delivery |
GINGER KELSO (Northwestern State University of Louisiana) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will detail my personal experience of how the research to practice gap is affecting schools, teachers, and students. I will explain my journey from higher education to the front lines of special education as an elementary school teacher and back to higher education. As a behavior analyst and former professor, I became a teacher. However, I encountered barriers to providing research-based practices in special education classrooms. These barriers include confusion by school and district administrators about what constitutes evidence and how this resulted in selection of curricula that were ineffective. A lack of understanding of basic principles of behavior also led to Positive Behavior Support programs that required young children to wait too long to earn a reward for their behavior. Amidst these struggles, the teachers and administrators were motivated to improve the academic and behavioral outcomes of children. However, the gap between research and practice is so wide that small steps are needed to slowly change the knowledge and skills of school administrators and teachers in order to produce meaningful effects for children. Recommendations for ways to begin this journey will be provided. |
|
Target Audience: The target audience are individuals working in higher education, teacher training, and in supervision of BCBAs or BCaBAs in school settings. Prerequisite skills include an understanding of public school systems including curricula development and selection, evidence-based practices, and legal/ethical issues in K-12 education. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) evaluate a minimum of three processes within the K-12 school system that prevent behavior analytic practices from being implemented with fidelity, 2) identify key professionals in a school setting who could benefit from training in principles of behavior, and 3) produce a minimum of three reasonable steps to begin improving behavior analytic practices in schools. |
|
|
|
|
|
Partnering With Caregivers to Support Development in Young Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Aubyn C. Stahmer, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: AUBYN STAHMER (UC Davis Health) |
Abstract: Caregiver-mediated early interventions have demonstrated positive child and family outcomes for young children with, or at high likelihood of having, autism (Zwaigenbaum et al., 2015; Burrell & Borrego, 2012). Additionally, there is consensus that effective early intervention includes a caregiver component, including input in the development of treatment goals and priorities, identifying support for the family, and learning specific strategies to support their child’s development. However, many intervention providers working with children with autism and their families have limited training in how to partner with parents or how to coach them in the use of evidence-based intervention strategies. Recent research has identified key elements for caregiver coaching and engagement (e.g., Pellecchia et al., 2020). This presentation will examine the literature on effective coaching strategies and provide methods to increase caregiver partnership in the intervention process. The use of telehealth to deliver coaching will be examined. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Providers and researchers interested in engaging caregivers in delivering interventions |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least three strategies for engaging caregivers in early intervention; (2) identify at least three barriers to caregiver participation in early intervention and strategies to address those barriers; (3) consider methods for individualizing caregiver involvement in intervention based on family characteristics and needs; (4) identify common elements of caregiver coaching across evidence-based early interventions; (5) identify potential benefits and drawbacks of caregiver coaching through telehealth platforms. |
|
AUBYN STAHMER (UC Davis Health) |
Dr. Aubyn Stahmer is a professor of psychiatry and behavioral sciences at the UC Davis MIND Institute, a clinical psychologist and a board certified behavior analyst. She directs the Center of Excellence in Developmental Disabilities. Dr. Stahmer has over 25 years of experience in implementation of evidence-based practices for children with autism, including a range of caregiver-implemented interventions. She is an expert in the translation of evidence-based autism research to community-based practice and delivery. She is an internationally respected expert in the use of naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions which are validated treatments for autism. Dr. Stahmer has conducted extensive research in the areas of caregiver coaching, early intervention, inclusive education and services research in autism spectrum disorders. Dr. Stahmer leads several grants funded through the U.S. Department of Education that involve adapting evidence-based practices for children with autism in collaboration with teachers and community providers. |
|
|
|
|
|
Shaping Behavior Analysis Through Technology: The Road to Optimal Outcomes |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ian M. Santus (Springtide Child Development) |
Discussant: Nathan Allen Albright (The Cedar Group) |
CE Instructor: Nathan Allen Albright, M.S. |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has grown exponentially in the last decade. With growth, comes growing pains. There is a systematic inconsistency in our field’s applied therapeutic practice. While there are published ethical codes of conduct from the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) and practice care guidelines outline by the Council of Autism Service Providers (CASP), this is a limited set of parameters, which leaves a practicing behavior analyst to rely on their coursework and individual supervised experience for decision making. Given the vast number of different graduate programs and options for supervision, certified behavior analysts have varying degrees of experience and areas of competence. The response to this disconnect has been to lean on those more experienced, which has resulted in a strain of resources. This is not a viable or practical long-term solution to this pervasive problem. Clinical decision support systems are an interactive algorithmic decision making technology that offer clinicians the ability to identify variables that affect various clinical decisions, the resources to guide the decision making process, and action plans for best outcomes - regardless of the clinician’s experience or background. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): applied-behavior-analysis, decision-modeling, technology |
Target Audience: Participants should possess a basic understanding of decision making processes, as well as an understanding of where and how to access current research articles and systems. In addition, participants should be able to explain basic processes (ie, intake, assessment) of the client life cycle to understand where clinical decision modeling fits within that practice. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe and define decision making; (2) Describe and define Clinical Decision Support Systems: (3) Begin to develop or enhance current clinical practices using the general Clinical Decision Support Systems process. |
|
|
|
|
|
Social Justice, Quality of Life, and Other Essential Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis in 2022 |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Pinkelman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Improvement of quality of life and the well-being of humanity is inherent in the spirit of the science of applied behavior analysis. From a human rights perspective, vulnerable persons (e.g., children, persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities, marginalized groups) are entitled to special protections to prevent or minimize harm and enhance quality of life. This session will (a) describe why quality of life should be the primary outcome variable of behavioral intervention, (b) explain how a focus on quality of life sets the occasion for ethical behavior analytic practice that upholds the full dignity and humanity of all persons, and (c) outline an abolitionist approach to promoting effective and equitable learning environments and improving quality of life for marginalized groups in a setting that all children experience—schools. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): abolitionism, equity, qualityof life, schools |
Target Audience: symposium is being submitted at the "basic" level |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the importance of focusing on quality of life as a primary outcome variable, (2) describe how a focus on quality of life promotes ethical behavior analytic practice that upholds the full dignity and humanity of all persons, and (3) identify ways that behavior analysts working in schools can promote equitable outcomes and enhance quality of life for minoritized groups through an abolitionist approach. |
|
Quality of Life for People with Disabilities: Why Applied Behavior Analysts Should Consider This a Primary Dependent Variable |
Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington), ELIZABETH KELLY (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is a natural science dedicated to using behavioral principles to address socially important problems. One area in which behavior analysts have made compelling gains in the last 50 years is in developing, evaluating, and disseminating effective interventions for people with significant intellectual and developmental disabilities. As the science of ABA has matured, many practitioners, researchers, and consumers have questioned how our field should define appropriate outcomes of behavioral interventions. We propose an improved quality of life should be the ultimate outcome for consumers receiving behavioral interventions. We explore definitions of quality of life and suggest some strategies that behavior analysts can use to more clearly center quality of life as an outcome variable. |
|
Behavior Analysis and Equity in Public Education: An Abolitionist Approach |
MALIKA N. PRITCHETT (University of Kansas), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), Dylan Murphy Zimmerman (Utah State University) |
Abstract: It is increasingly clear that black and brown students encounter damaging learning environments that assault the dignity and humanity every child deserves. Behavior analysts working in schools can be part of the collective endeavor to uphold the rights of students by arranging environmental conditions that nurture growth, accelerate progress, and celebrate each child’s unique and valuable contributions. Behavior analysts in schools are often called to action to address “problem behaviors” that result from problematic contingencies. If behavior analysts fail to address problematic contingencies and focus on the result of these contingencies, they become complicit in perpetuating inequities. Behavior analysts can be of best service to students that are likely to be marginalized and excluded from classroom learning opportunities, if they identify, analyze, and dismantle systems that perpetuate inequities. Integrating the spirit and praxis of abolitionism, abolitionist teaching intervenes at a systemic level to dismantle conditions that perpetuate injustices and create systems that promote freedom-dreaming, thriving, and joy (Love, 2019). From an abolitionist view, joy is a directional guide to inclusive well-being. Freedom and liberation depend on designing environments where exposure to new and loving contingencies produces broad shifts, cusps, leading to enhanced quality of life for children and the collective. |
|
|
|
|
|
Investigating Instructional Practices to Accelerate Learning |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A |
Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University) |
Discussant: Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School; Teachers College Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: JeanneMarie Speckman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We report on several procedures that were tested to determine their effects on preschool students' rate of learning. In the first study, we compared two types of data analyses to determine which led to faster rates of acquisition of new operants by preschool students with disabilities. In the second study we investigated the effects of two verbal developmental protocols on foundational verbal cusps. We tested the effects of a stimulus- stimulus pairing procedure on preschool students' echoic responses, and we tested the effects of an IPAD based voice conditioning procedure on the observing responses and listener responses of pre-verbal preschoolers. The authors will present the results and discuss the efficiency of the teaching procedrues. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Attendees should have a working knowledge of the verbal behavior about the science, advanced repertoires in working with children with disabilities, advanced knowledge of tactics and procedures used with students with Autism and other developmental delays. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure
(2) List the necessary dependent variables to determine if voices are conditioned as reinforcing stimuli
(3) Describe the difference between set analysis and operant analysis |
|
Investigating the Effects of Foundational Verbal Developmental Protocols on Early Listener and Speaker Repertoires |
JEANNEMARIE SPECKMAN (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), Katherine Loomis (Fred S. Keller School; Teachers College Columbia University), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We report on two protocols designed to induce foundational verbal developmental cusps in preschoolers with disabilities. The first was a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure that was implemented with children who did not have echoic, tact or mand repertoires. A multiple baseline across students was used to determine the effects of the stimulus-stimulus pairing on student echoic responses. The second protocol on which we are reporting was an IPAD based voice conditioning procedure. We looked at three dependent measures for effects of this protocol: 1) students’ observing responses to adult voices, 2) students’ orienting responses towards adults telling a story without a book and 3) rate of learning for listener programs as measured by learn units to criterion. For this study we used a pre- and post- probe design with repeated measures across students. The results of both studies will be discussed in terms of how changing the reinforcing properties of stimuli affect student learning. Data are in progress. |
|
A Comparison of Set Analysis and Operant Analysis in Tact Learning for Children With Developmental Disabilities |
LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The current study aimed to extend the existing research (e.g., Wong et al, 2021) by applying the two conditions to tact instruction for preschoolers. The study compared the efficiency of set analysis (SA) and operant analysis (OA) during tact instruction for four preschool boys. The participants were diagnosed with preschoolers with a disability and functioned at varied verbal behavior levels. We applied the criterion level (100% one session) and the decision analysis (e.g., two sessions of zero correct responses leads to a stop decision and an added tactic) to the set level (SA) and the operant level (OA) during the two conditions. We measured the participants’ number of mastered targets and the number of learn units to criterion under the two conditions. We would also assess the participants’ maintenance of the tacts four weeks after they show mastery of all the tacts. An adapted alternating treatment design was used to compare two interventions. Our results so far showed that most participants demonstrated a faster learning rate in the OA condition. However, the discrepancy between the two conditions was not dramatic. The study is still ongoing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Creating Your Dream Job: Self-Advocacy and Burnout Prevention in Applied Work Settings |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Christina M King, Ph.D. |
Chair: Christina M King (Simmons University ) |
ELIZABETH KELSEY (RCS Learning Center) |
COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons University) |
Abstract: A global workplace survey conducted by Gallup, Inc. in 2020 indicated that 20% of employees were engaged at work, a decrease of 2% from the prior year. Interestingly, up until 2020, survey data showed an increasing trend for workplace engagement. Additionally, during the period that has been termed by some as the “Great Resignation”, a 2021 Gallup poll indicated that 48% of working Americans are searching for a new job. While this trend is observed across industries, in the human service field, the impact can be directly observed by decreases in enrollments and services available. Specific to behavior analysts, Plantiveau and colleagues in their 2018 survey, found that more than 60% of individuals surveyed reported experiencing burnout and low satisfaction at work. Given the need for behavior analytic services and the impact that these services can have on clients, these data are particularly concerning. Panelists will discuss some of the cited reasons for these patterns, specifically within the field of behavior analysis, and analyze contingencies that may be involved. Additionally, they will suggest actions that individuals may take in order to arrange their environment, both workplace and personal, such that sufficient reinforcers are available to maintain responding. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Participants should be able to identify and analyze complex behavioral contingencies. Participants should be able to identify ways in which reinforcers can be conditioned and assessed. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify environmental variables which may affect job satisfaction; (2) identify behavior analytic strategies which individuals may use to improve job satisfaction; (3) identify organizational strategies which may be utilized to improve job satisfaction. |
Keyword(s): contingency management, professional development |
|
|
|
|
|
Integrating Cultural Responsiveness Into Supervision: Understanding the Context, Meeting the Need, and Suggestions for Practice |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D. |
Panelists: KIM EDWARDS (SIQS Educational Consulting, LLC), ADRIANA RODRIGUEZ (Rollins), BRIAN CONNERS (Seton Hall University) |
Abstract: In recent years, much more emphasis has been placed on cultural competence, humility, and responsiveness, as they relate to ABA service provision. These concepts have received attention in published literature, in discussions about issues facing the field, and in our new Ethics Code. The field is making progress in defining these skills, and much discussion exists around the teaching and training of this skill set for practitioners. In addition to these needs, there is an obligation to integrate the coverage of these issues into supervision. In this panel discussion, panelists will review the context and need for this expansion of supervision, the development of a tool to assess the extent to which supervision is culturally responsive, the associated issues in practice and mentorship that should be considered in this context, and future directions for mentoring. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize the ways in which cultural responsiveness enhances the quality and effectiveness of supervision, and how it fulfills our ethical obligations to supervise; (2) describe a tool that has been developed to assess the extent to which cultural responsiveness has been integrated into behavior analytic supervision; (3) discuss a variety of strategies that can be used to model cultural responsiveness within supervision. |
KIM EDWARDS (SIQS Educational Consulting, LLC) |
Ms. Kimberly Edwards, M.Ed., is a Program Manager and educator in Washington, DC. Kimberly has worked in the field of education for more than 10 years. She received a Master of Education from the University of Virginia in 2011 and a Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis from George Mason University in 2018. Prior to moving to Washington, DC, Ms. Edwards worked in Richmond, VA, in therapeutic day schools and public schools. Her current work aligns with her research interests, centering on coaching staff on culturally responsive and impactful learning pathways; instructing behavior management; focused professional development; strategizing and developing school-wide anti-racism and effective social behavior practices. |
ADRIANA RODRIGUEZ (Rollins) |
Adriana Rodriguez is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). She earned her master’s degree in Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science from Rollins College. Adriana has experience working with individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), Attention Deficit and Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), and Fragile X syndrome, she has worked with a variety of age groups ranging from early intervention to young adults. Ms. Rodriguez’s graduate research focused on the effect of including cultural concerns when providing parent training on behavioral interventions. |
BRIAN CONNERS (Seton Hall University) |
Brian Conners, Ph.D., BCBA, is a New Jersey Department of Education certified school psychologist and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. He originally developed the graduate program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Seton Hall University, where he currently serves on their faculty and is their Interim Associate Dean for Academic Affairs for the College of Education and Human Services. He has worked within various sectors as a behavior analyst and consultant including public and private schools, psychiatric hospitals, and community agencies. He has presented at state and national conferences and has published articles and book chapters in multicultural and diversity issues in behavior analysis, crisis intervention, and restraint and seclusion practices in schools. He was the editor for the first book ever to be published on diversity issues in the field of ABA entitled, Multiculturalism and Diversity in Applied Behavior Analysis: Bridging Theory and Application. |
|
|
|
|
|
Addressing Ethical Dilemmas for the Behavior Analyst: An Interactive Panel Discussion of Ethics Using Video Recorded Scenarios |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Justin A. DiDomenico, M.S. |
Chair: Justin A. DiDomenico (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC) |
DEBBIE RUFF (Brett DiNovi & Associates California) |
BRIANNA SNYDER (Brett DiNovi and Associates) |
TIMOTHY HINCHEY (Brett DiNovi and Associates) |
Abstract: It is essential for practitioners of behavior analysis to regularly examine their responses to ethical dilemmas, especially in light of the new ethics code to be released in January of 2022 by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). At times, behavior analysts can find themselves in precarious situations that challenge the core values and principles of applied behavior analysis, and the ethical decision may not be clearly evident or previously addressed in the ethics code. In this interactive panel discussion, participants will be presented with short, video recoded scenarios that represent such situations, and given the opportunity to discuss the most appropriate ethical response to each scenario. Panelists will field questions, provide guidance and equip participants with pertinent BACB standards and research to assist in making the most appropriate ethical decisions. The panelists from Brett DiNovi and Associates NJ and California have years of experience navigating ethical dilemmas. They will offer their respective expertise to answer audience members’ questions about the BACB ethical code and common ethical scenarios and dilemmas. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs or BCaBAs with 1-3 years experience |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify ethical indicators from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) 2022 code; (2) navigate ethical challenges presented as related to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service delivery; (3) analyze key distinctions in ethical dilemmas presented in video scenarios. |
Keyword(s): BACB 2022, Ethics, Video Scenarios |
|
|
|
|
|
Discrete Trial Teaching: The Worst Form of Instruction Except for All Those Other Forms of Instruction |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 256 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: John McEachin, Ph.D. |
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
Presenting Authors: : JOHN MCEACHIN (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is one of the most widely implemented interventions for children with autism and at the same time one of the most maligned. It can be an incredibly powerful tool and is an acknowledged key component in intensive early intervention for children with autism. But it is also the intervention that everyone loves to hate: “It is too rigid and formulaic…Behavior change does not generalize to real-world contexts…It is overly contrived and unnatural…It does not have curb appeal.” But we have to consider whether all these purported shortcomings are inherent in the DDT model or are they by-products of rigidly formulated or incompletely implemented translations of the model. This talk will propose a broader conceptualization of DTT that allows for flexible application along a number of relevant continua according to the readiness of the learner. It will be argued that while the structure that is commonly viewed as a defining characteristic of DTT and arguably a major contributor to its effectiveness can and should be varied according to the needs of the student. In other words, we should aim to provide the just right amount of structure. This flexible but systematic approach has been referred to as progressive (e.g. Leaf et al., 2016). Within this progressive model all elements of DTT are fair game for rethinking what we do and why we do it. Willingness to contrive learning opportunities and space them closely together could actually be an advantage, not a shortcoming of DTT. The research behind this model will be described and the areas where more research is needed will be highlighted. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Instructional program developers and interventionists |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the historical development of DTT and the application to learners with autism; (2) name three examples of widely held rules for DTT that we should reconsider based on currently available evidence; (3) describe a continuum of structured vs. naturalistic teaching style and three important considerations for where to position your instruction on that continuum; (4) name a potential important advantage of willingness to contrive learning opportunities. |
|
JOHN MCEACHIN (Autism Partnership) |
John McEachin is a licensed psychologist and behavior analyst who has been providing intervention to children with autism as well as adolescents and adults with a wide range of developmental disabilities since 1974. He received his graduate training under Ivar Lovaas at the UCLA Young Autism Project. During his 11 years at UCLA, Dr. McEachin served in various roles including Clinic Supervisor, Research and Teaching Assistant, and Lecturer. His research has included a long-term follow-up study of the children who received intensive behavioral treatment at the UCLA YAP, which was published in 1993. In 1994 he joined with Ron Leaf in forming Autism Partnership, which they continue to co-direct. In 1999 they published A Work in Progress, a widely used behavioral treatment manual and curriculum for children with autism. Dr. McEachin has lectured throughout the world and co-authored numerous books and research articles. He is an instructor at Long Beach State University and consults regularly to families, agencies, and school districts, assisting in the development of treatment programs and providing training to parents, interventionists and teachers. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Creating Artificial Organisms Animated by a Selectionist Theory of Adaptive Behavior Dynamics |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jack J. McDowell, Ph.D. |
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University) |
Presenting Authors: : JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University) |
Abstract: The evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics (ETBD) is a complexity theory, which means that it is stated in the form of simple low-level rules, the repeated operation of which generates high level outcomes that can be compared to data. The low-level rules of the theory implement Darwinian processes of selection, reproduction, and mutation. This tutorial is an introduction to the ETBD, and will illustrate how the theory is used to animate artificial organisms that behave freely, and continuously, in any desired experimental environment. Extensive research has shown that the behavior of artificial organisms animated by the theory successfully reproduces the behavior of live organisms, in qualitative and quantitative detail, in a wide variety of experimental environments, including concurrent ratio schedules with equal and unequal ratios in the components, and concurrent interval schedules with and without punishment superimposed on one or both alternatives. An overview and summary of the research testing the ETBD will be provided. The material interpretation of the theory as an instance of supervenient realism will also be discussed. Finally, possible future directions will be considered with an eye toward identifying the most valuable path or paths for future development. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in the basic science; individuals interested in computational theories of behavior or machine learning; individuals interested in modeling clinically significant human behavior |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) create artificial organisms animated by the selectionist theory; (2) run artificial organisms in experimental environments; (3) summarize empirical support for the theory; (4) consider possible material interpretations of the theory; (5) consider fruitful paths for further development of the theory. |
|
JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University) |
J. J McDowell received an A. B. from Yale University in 1972 and a Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook in 1979. After completing his clinical internship, he joined the faculty of Emory University, where he is currently a professor in the Department of Psychology. Dr. McDowell is also a licensed clinical psychologist, and maintains a private practice of behavior therapy in Atlanta. Dr. McDowell's research has focused on the quantitative analysis of behavior. He has conducted tests of matching theory in experiments with humans, rats, and pigeons, has made formal mathematical contributions to the matching theory literature, and has proposed a computational theory of behavior dynamics. He has also written on the relevance of mathematical and computational accounts of behavior for the treatment of clinical problems. Dr. McDowell's current research is focused on his computational theory of selection by consequences, including studies of behavior generated by the theory's genetic algorithm, and possible implementations of the theory in neural circuitry. His work, including collaborations with students and former students, has been funded by NIMH, NSF, and NIDA. Dr. McDowell is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in a Behavior Analytic Account of Complex Human Behavior: Relational Density Theory and PEAK-T as Tools for Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 255 |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Breanna Lee (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Chastain, M.S. |
Abstract: As our understanding of complex human behavior has evolved, we have begun to uncover more about the role of verbal behavior throughout the human condition. The current symposium reviews two experiments that measured individuals’ complex verbal behavior and its relationship to measures of psychological flexibility, which is at the core of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. The first study analyzes the relationship between self-compassion, idea of self, and psychological flexibility through the lens of Relational Density Theory both pre and post ACT intervention. In the second study, researchers evaluated the relationship between an individual’s ability to engage in derived relational responding, their responses to a delay discounting task, and their correlations with measures of psychological flexibility and mindfulness. A greater understanding of how to study complex verbal behavior has implications the improvement of language rehabilitation and development, as well as more precise and efficient use of Acceptance and Commitment Training. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Discounting, Perspective Taking, Psychological Flexibility, Self Compassion |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, students, and faculty |
Learning Objectives: (1) define psychological flexibility; (2) discuss the relationship between perspective taking and psychological flexibility; (3) describe the relationship between self, self-compassion, and psychological flexibility |
|
Evaluating the Interrelatedness and Responsiveness of Psychological Flexibility, Self-Compassion, and Sense of Self in a College Student Sample |
(Basic Research) |
BRITTANY A SELLERS (Missouri State University), Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The psychological / behavioral processes of psychological flexibility and self-compassion have garnered increasing attention within behavior analytic research and practice. Both approaches are predicated on a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) account of human language and cognition; however, we do not know how relational frames around these two processes interact around a centralized sense of self. We evaluated a novel way to measure interrelations among processes consistent with advances in Relational Density Theory using a mu multidimensional scaling (MDS) technique. Results show how self-compassion, psychological flexibility, and ‘self’ are related within our college student sample. To measure the sensitivity of this approach to changes in self-compassion and psychological flexibility, participants were assigned into 2 groups. Utilizing a cross over experimental design, both groups received a 6-week ACT and self-compassion focused intervention The MDS was then re-administered at the end of each phase to compare changes in interrelations between self and self-compassion and flexibility processes, as well as changes within these processes themselves. Data provide a novel approach to measurement and analysis based on contemporary advances in RFT. |
|
Correlations Between Derived Relational Responding, Delay Discounting, and Psychological Flexibility |
(Basic Research) |
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Jessica M. Hinman (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Prior research has pointed to correlations between monetary delay discounting tasks and measures of psychological flexibility. Previous literature has also posited a potential relationship between an individual’s ability to engage in derive relational responding and their overall psychological flexibility. While functional contextualist therapist such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is rooted in this conceptual foundation, there remains limited research evaluating the relationship between complex language abilities and psychological flexibility. Thus, the current study evaluated the relationships between derived relational responding, psychological flexibility, and delay discounting in adults. Participants were administered an online test of relational abilities (PCA-T-E), the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ-II), the Mindfulness whatever (MAAS), and a hypothetical monetary discounting task. Results indicate statistically significant correlations between variables. Results for the relationship between relational abilities, delay discounting, and psychological flexibility are presented. Implications for an analysis of relational abilities, delay discounting, and psychological flexibility are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts’ and Mental Health Specialists’ Perspectives on Interdisciplinary Collaboration for Intensive Intervention |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
11:30 AM–11:55 AM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Marney Squires Pollack (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Marney Squires Pollack, M.S. |
|
Behavior Analysts’ and Mental Health Specialists’ Perspectives on Interdisciplinary Collaboration for Intensive Intervention |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARNEY SQUIRES POLLACK (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Gabrielle Crowell (Vanderbilt University), Matthew Santini (Vanderbilt University), Olivia Reznik (Vanderbilt University), Emily Baran (Vanderbilt University) |
|
Abstract: Students who engage in challenging behavior often experience challenges across multiple domains (e.g., behavioral, social-emotional, mental health; Perfect et al., 2016). As a result, these students may receive support from a variety of specialists, including behavior analysts, school counselors, and other mental health specialists (Splett et al., 2017). Behavior analysts are responsible for collaborating with other professionals (i.e., code 2.10, Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020), but report receiving minimal training to do so (Kelly & Tincani, 2013). We conducted one-on-one semi-structured interviews with 9 behavior analysts and 15 mental health specialists who provide or oversee direct supports for students in grades K–8 with behavioral and/or social-emotional challenges and intensive intervention needs. Interview questions focused on their unique experiences and perspectives around interdisciplinary collaboration for intensive intervention. After transcribing audio-recorded interviews, we used a collaborative approach to qualitative data analysis (Saldaña, 2015) that involved deductive coding to form structural codes based on the primary research questions and inductive, open coding to identify finer-tuned categories within each structural code (Corbin & Strauss, 2008). Results of this qualitative study highlight the need to better prepare behavior analysts to collaborate with mental health specialists, both in training programs and school-based professional development. |
|
Target Audience: The target audience for this session includes practicing behavior analysts who oversee behavior change programs that address challenging behavior. Audience members should be competent in selecting, designing, and implementing behavior change interventions. Previous experience collaborating with professionals outside of behavior analysis is recommended, but not required. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe how behavior analysts and mental health specialists view their respective professional roles and responsibilities when it comes to supporting students with behavioral and/or social-emotional challenges; (2) identify commonly reported barriers and facilitators to effective collaboration between behavior analysts and mental health specialists; (3) describe potential strategies for improving training on interdisciplinary collaboration, both for pre-service preparation programs and in-service professional development programs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Compliance With COVID-19-Related Preventative Health Measures |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Shawn J Janetzke (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
CE Instructor: Shawn J Janetzke, M.S. |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder can have a particularly challenging time completing necessary preventative measures for the health and safety of themselves and those around them. This has become especially evident during the past year as society responds to the COVID-19 pandemic. Limiting the spread of viruses, such a COVID-19, is extremely important. This symposium includes two presentations on increasing compliance with COVID-19-related preventative practices such as mask wearing and nasopharyngeal testing. In the first study, a graduated exposure procedure was used to teach mask wearing for a minimum of one hour in an early intensive behavioral intervention clinic to three children diagnosed with autism. The second study, evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement without extinction and stimulus fading on disruptive behavior during a nasopharyngeal swab procedure for five individuals diagnosed with autism. Together, these papers contribute to the research on methods used to increase compliance with preventative health measures in individuals with autism by providing efficient methods to increase compliance in the absence of more intrusive and restrictive procedures. Implications of the findings of each study will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): COVID-19, Differential Reinforcement, Graduated Exposure, Stimulus Fading |
Target Audience: Target audience is graduate students, practitioners - BCaBA, BCBA, and BCBA-D Necessary prerequisite skills and competencies the audience should have include: Functional Analysis, Preference Assessments, Differential Reinforcement, Stimulus Fading, Graduated Exposure, Generalization |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the importance of increasing tolerance among individuals with developmental disabilities and possible adverse effects if not addressed; (2) Describe how to increase compliance during routine medical and preventative health procedures among this population; (3) Describe and design a graduated exposure intervention to increase tolerance (4) Describe and design a differential reinforcement without extinction and differential without extinction plus stimulus fading interventions to decrease disruption and increase compliance |
|
Evaluation of a Graduated Exposure Procedure to Teach Extended Mask Wearing to Children With Autism |
CHRISTINA MARIE SHEPPARD (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Nemours Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: During the COVID-19 outbreak, the Center for Disease Control (CDC) recommended that everyone 2 years and older wear a face mask while in a community setting. However, children with autism may be reluctant to wear a mask, particularly for extended durations. In the current study, we implemented a graduated exposure procedure to teach mask wearing for a minimum of one hour in an early intensive behavioral (EIBI) intervention clinic to 3 children diagnosed with autism. We subsequently probed mask wearing, and if necessary implemented the graduated exposure procedure, in each participant’s home and in a mock physician’s office. Finally, we collected probe data on mask wearing in another community setting and one month post-treatment maintenance data in the EIBI clinic. During baseline, participants wore masks for 0 s to 5 min. After treatment, all participants wore the mask for at least one hour in each setting, with maintenance probes indicating 4-5 hour mask tolerance. |
|
Increasing Compliance With Nasopharyngeal Swab Procedures |
SHAWN J JANETZKE (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Makenzie Briere (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) can exhibit low levels of compliance with, and engage in disruptive behavior during medical procedures. Research has shown that differential reinforcement without extinction and stimulus fading have been successful in increasing compliance with these procedures. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of differential reinforcement without extinction and differential reinforcement without extinction plus stimulus fading on disruptive behavior during a nasopharyngeal swab procedure, often used to test for COVID-19 and the flu, for five participants with autism. A functional analysis showed that disruptive behavior was maintained by escape from the nasal swab procedure. Differential reinforcement without extinction alone was successful for one of the five participants to increase compliance with and decrease disruptive behavior during a nasopharyngeal swab procedure. The addition of stimulus fading was effective in increasing compliance and decreasing disruptive behavior for the remaining four participants. Maintenance of compliance with the nasopharyngeal swab procedure was observed for all five of the participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Towards a More Meaningful Collaboration: A Frank Discussion on Collaborating around AAC with SLPs and BCBAs |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 255 |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Amy Rachel Bukszpan, M.S. |
Chair: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Endicott College, Butterfly Effects) |
MELANIE OLSON GILES (Endicott College) |
REBEKAH LEE (Endicott College) |
VICTORIA BOONE (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems (e.g., communication books of line drawings, computer-based voice output systems) offer individuals with severe communication disabilities increased opportunities for participation in home, school, and community activities. AAC can be life-saving and life-changing for individuals who are nonvocal (whether temporarily or permanently) or who have difficulty developing communication skills. Individuals who may benefit from an AAC system are more likely to acquire and successfully use that system when guided by a multidisciplinary team of professionals.
This panel will provide an overview of AAC to include a review of basic procedures and applications, answers to frequently asked questions, dispelling common myths (such as whether an AAC system impairs or encourages spoken language skills), addressing how to instruct a learner on becoming a communicator in addition to learning how to use a communication system, discussion of core versus fringe vocabulary and how to determine which is best, aided language stimulation, speech generating and other selection based as compared with topography based systems, teaching functional communication and the role a behavior analyst has in the implementation of this process |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: basic |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify strategies to improve collaboration between SLPs and BCBAs in the selection and programming of AAC devices.
2.Participants will be able to identify the difference between teaching communication skills and teaching use of an AAC system
3. Participants will be able to identify the best types of AAC for an individual based on their communication needs |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Trends in Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery Quality |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Bryant C. Silbaugh, Ph.D. |
Chair: Bryant C. Silbaugh (Maraca Learning, Inc.) |
ROBBIE FATTAL (Maraca Learning) |
IVY M CHONG (The May Institute, Inc.) |
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (The Council of Autism Service Providers) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) as a profession and treatment for autism spectrum disorder has grown exponentially in the past decade, with more certified behavior analysts and registered behavior technicians than ever before. Behavior analysts strive to provide high-quality services in autism care settings, but the industry is not yet aligned on standards for quality care. In other industries, history has shown that increased demand for services and products can adversely impact quality, but also stimulate innovation in standards development and process improvement. Researchers have called for more public discourse about empirical approaches to assessing and promoting ABA service delivery quality (ASDQ) but work in this area is only emerging. In this event, we bring together a diverse panel of researchers and representatives from major professional organizations and ABA service providers to increase public discourse on trends in how the industry and our science address quality. The discussion will cover multiple issues on this topic which could include the ASDQ framework, and the relationship between quality and value-based healthcare, standards, accreditation, certification, private equity, outcomes, consumer experience, or industry threats. Attendees will learn to consider quality from multiple perspectives and gain insight into what providers can do now to promote quality ABA service delivery. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Leaders and executives in the ABA service delivery industry serving individuals with autism will likely benefit most from this panel, however the discourse is likely to appeal to a wide range of professionals and academics within the field. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify trends and issues related to the quality of ABA services for individuals with autism, (2) describe some relations between quality, standards, and outcomes, and (3) discuss steps leaders and executive can take to promote service quality within their organization. |
Keyword(s): accreditation, ASDQ, outcomes, quality |
|
|
|
|
|
The Use of Biomarkers for Behavioral Decision Making |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Colleen Suzio (Center for Children with Special Needs (CCSN)) |
CE Instructor: Roxanne Gayle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Evaluating behavior-environment relationships using biological events may aid in the identification of conditions under which higher rates of challenging behaviors are emitted. As well as be used for decision making for ongoing treatment of challenging behavior. One study evaluated the use of heart rate as a measure to indicate arousal during dental and haircut appointments to better assess if the participant was both compliant and comfortable throughout the procedure. The second study evaluated defecation patterns and their relation to rates of challenging behavior with both a molecular and molar analysis. Both studies discuss the need for interdisciplinary collaboration to better inform treatment. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior reduction, Biological events, Biomarkers, heart rate |
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills include differentiation of molecular and molar analysis, experience with functional analysis, familiarity with graduated exposure procedures |
Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will be able to identify and describe at least two biomarkers that can be used to aide assessment and ongoing treatment of challenging behavior; (2) Participants will be able to describe the collaboration process with interdisciplinary teams and the information obtained from such collaboration; (3) Participants will be able to identify additional measures to consider to determine level of comfort during appointments; (4) Participants will be able to identify compassionate care and cultural considerations when teaching adherence with appointments |
|
Autonomic Arousal and Adherence with Appointments |
ROXANNE GAYLE (Trumpet Behavioral Health, Endicott College, Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities sometimes display avoidance responses such as noncompliance, aggression, and vocal refusal when completing healthcare routines such as dental cleanings and haircuts. This study evaluated the effects of both graduated exposure and a differential reinforcement procedure on the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of compliance with dental and haircut routines. In addition, autonomic responses were used as an ancillary measure of distress or comfort and were included in the decision tree of practitioner actions. Procedures were completed in a simulated context of a haircut appointment or dental examination. Probes (test trials) were assessed in the analog (simulated) setting periodically to assess criteria for mastery prior to assessing the skill in the natural environment. Probes were also conducted in the actual environments used by hair stylists and dentists, to determine the extent to which compliance and autonomic responses generalized. The results of this study may lead to more comprehensive treatment plans that include the use of physiological responses in addition to compliance with procedures as an indicator that a fear/avoidance response has been extinguished. Assessing autonomic arousal is a useful addition to the procedures of exposing participants to haircuts and dental visit routines, to improve adaptation, compliance, and generalization. |
|
Relationship Between Biological Events and Challenging Behavior: A Molecular and Molar Analysis |
JAVIER SOTOMAYOR (Endicott) |
Abstract: Current assessment methodologies tend to focus on molecular analyses to identify the function of behavior. The data used to identify the function of behavior often does not incorporate biological processes that span molar time frames. For instance, abnormal defecation patterns (e.g., constipation) lasting days or weeks may lead to increasing rates of challenging behaviors. In this study, we evaluated the relationship between amount of stool discharge and challenging behaviors in one individual for varying time spans of days, weeks, and months. We found that higher production of formed stools was inversely related to challenging behaviors when data were aggregated at the 30-day level. Conversely, we observed a positive relationship between loose stools and challenging behaviors. Evaluating behavior-environment relationships using biological events spanning molar time frames allowed us to identify the conditions under which higher rates of challenging behaviors occurred. This analytic approach provides an example framework that might inform interdisciplinary collaboration with physicians and the resulting treatment for individuals with comorbid medical issues. |
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Intervention Amidst the COVID-19 Pandemic: Telehealth and Learner Outcomes |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization) |
Discussant: Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning) |
CE Instructor: Valerie R. Rogers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Though the COVID-19 pandemic has brought many challenges related to securing and maintaining access to applied behavior analysis (ABA) intervention for children with autism, it also brought forth an opportunity to evaluate changes in treatment modality, intensity or dose of treatment, and overall access to intervention on learner gains and outcomes. For many ABA agencies, insurance-funded medically necessary ABA has changed in many ways since the onset of the pandemic. This includes the uses of telehealth not only for supervisory practices, but also for direct intervention via the behavior technician. Moreover, with risks safely mitigated, the pandemic even resulted in increased access to treatment for some learners. Still, these changes require systematic evaluation. The current symposium addresses these needs. The first paper examines the outcomes achieved with the use of telehealth at the individual and group level across different types of learners receiving varying intensities of treatment. The second paper provides an analysis of outcome data for a sample of learners and discussed in relation to learner specific variables, barriers overcome, and treatment modalities. The symposium will conclude with a discussion of the two papers and recommendations for further outcome research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Insurance-funded, Outcomes, Telehealth |
Target Audience: Data analysis, familiarity with insurance-funded ABA services, familiarity with standardized assessments and skill acquisition data |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least 3 variables in need of investigation by behavior analysts related to learner outcomes from telehealth services; (2) describe the relationship between rates of skill acquisition, treatment modality, proportion of recommended treatment hours received, and learner variables including telehealth prerequisite skills; (3) describe at least 2 factors correlating with improved learner outcomes. |
|
An Examination of Telehealth and the Outcomes Achieved Across Various Types of Learners |
GINGER R. RAABE (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: The importance of a research practitioner approach within the field of behavior analysis has never been more important than in the presence of the current context. The pandemic has created what might be considered a paradigm shift in the delivery of behavior analytic services. To sustain access to services, telepractice was explored sparking additional questions in need of investigation. Within the arena of autism treatment and medical necessity, behavior analysts are continuing to navigate changes put forth by the various funders and continued examination of the outcomes produced would benefit the clinicians and the children and families served. The shift towards telehealth at all levels of service delivery has created new questions to be explored. Is telehealth at the behavior technician level effective? For what type of learner is telehealth effective? Do learners make the same, less than or more gains with this new service mode? This presentation will address these questions and examine the outcomes that were achieved with the use of telehealth at the individual and group level across various types of learners with autism receiving various amounts of service delivery in this fashion. In addition, the discussion will focus on access and medical necessity. |
|
Pandemic Silver Linings: An Investigation of Parameters Related to Individual Learner Outcomes for Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Intervention |
VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Raabe (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic has changed the way insurance-funded intervention has been implemented for many learners with autism including modifications in treatment modality, intensity of treatment, and overall access to intervention. The pandemic provided rare treatment conditions for many learners and therefore necessitates ongoing investigation of the outcomes associated with these conditions. Examples of such conditions include learners receiving direct behavior technician intervention via telehealth and school aged children receiving comprehensive treatment programs given increased availability. The current paper provides a refined analysis of individual learner outcome data for a set of learners for whom barriers to accessing treatment were overcome. Specifically, outcome data for a sample of different learners receiving ABA insurance-funded treatment during the pandemic will be presented and discussed in relation to learner specific variables. An analysis of skill acquisition data in relation to variables such as age, modality of intervention, proportion of recommended treatment hours received, standardized assessment results, and treatment goals met will be presented across multiple participants. Results are discussed in terms of factors correlating with improved outcomes, removing common barriers to treatment, and providing support for insurance funded ABA treatment under these conditions. The need for additional outcome analyses and future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Efficient Learning: Basic and Applied Investigations in Skill Acquisition and Application |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Abraao Melo (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Donny Newsome (Fit Learning) |
CE Instructor: Laura Barcelos Nomicos, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Effective and efficient behavior analytic practices are an ongoing focus of research within our field. This is especially relevant given the limited time and resources available to meet the many academic and life skill targets our clients require. With increases in the available technology that can be incorporated into behavior analytic interventions, further research is needed at the basic and applied levels. The current symposium will focus on the efficiency of training targeted skills. The first presentation addresses academic skills, evaluated at the basic level, analyzing how stimuli are sequenced and presented on an online platform. The second presentation, evaluated at the applied level, analyzes the use of virtual reality on acquiring necessary day-to-day skills including grocery shopping and pedestrian skills. The current presentations offer different analyses of the variables relevant to efficiently training essential skills. In addition, both presentations provide guidance for using technology to improve skill acquisition and application. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): application, endurance, fluency, virtual reality |
Target Audience: This symposium is geared toward practitioners and researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe the role of technology in skill acquisition, 2) identify new areas of research incorporating virtual reality and 3) discuss efficiency of two different types of stimulus presentations. |
|
Efficient Learning: An Analysis of Stimulus Presentation on Fluent Performance |
(Basic Research) |
COURTNEY SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Research at the experimental level is needed in order to extend a behavior analytic understanding of the variables participating in skill acquisition as it relates to fluency outcomes. The current study manipulated how stimuli are presented using an alternating treatments design. One presentation type, the Additive Presentation, presented an array of stimuli in which the array was increased in size until all stimuli were presented. This presentation was compared with the Complete Presentation, in which all stimuli were presented. Three groups of stimuli were presented to compare the two presentation types: 5 stimuli, 7 stimuli, and 9 stimuli. Results indicate that the Additive Presentation of stimuli is correlated with more time to meet criteria (defined by fluency aims) than is a Complete Presentation in conditions that can be described as more difficult. Difficult conditions are defined as either 1) having less exposure to a similar procedure and 2) larger number of stimuli presented in an array. |
|
Efficient Learning: The Use of Virtual Reality and Eye-Tracking in Interventions for Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
LAURA BARCELOS NOMICOS (University of Nevada, Reno), Hana Alarifi (University of Nevada, Reno
Center for Autism Research), Hesham Aldhalaan (Center for Autism Research), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: With the increased accessibility and affordability of virtual reality, the therapeutic application of this technology has increased. Within the realm of autism treatment there are several ways this technology can improve teaching. Virtual reality can allow for more teaching to occur in environments as similar as possible to the natural environments. Improving generalization and minimizing risk. Virtual reality headsets can provide eye-tracking data that can inform prompting strategies and provide better assessments of attending in real time. While research in this area is increasing there remains a lack of data examining the most efficient teaching strategies and the best combination of technological features. A series of studies were conducted in Saudi Arabia and the US utilizing headsets of varying capabilities. Finding items in the grocery store and pedestrian skills were taught across environments. Recommendations on best practices and the minimum technical requirements for efficient teaching will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis in Integrative Healthcare |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 103 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
CE Instructor: Matthew P. Normand, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Because being healthy typically involves behaving healthy, healthcare professionals and applied behavior analysts have much in common, and there is great potential for collaboration in integrated healthcare settings. In this symposium, we present three studies that explore different applications of behavior analysis to two such areas of healthcare: health coaching to increase physical activity, and physical therapy to increase mobility. First, we present two single-case design studies that evaluate variations of goal setting and client-centered components of health coaching, respectively, to increase physical activity in adults in a telehealth format. Next, we present a group design study that evaluated a behavior-analytic technology in comparison with standard physical therapy protocols to address barriers that impede neuromuscular retraining following total knee arthroplasty. Results of these three studies suggest directions for the application of behavior analysis to health coaching and physical therapy. Implications for applied behavior analysis in integrated healthcare will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Health Coaching, Healthcare, Physical Activity, Physical Therapy |
Target Audience: Intermediate level behavior analysts. The target audience has an intermediate knowledge of applied behavior analytic interventions and health care settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify applications of behavior analysis to integrated healthcare settings; (2) describe the effects of an electromyography and gamification technology on neuromuscular retraining, and (3) describe the effects of various health coaching interventions on physical activity of adults. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Nondirective and Directive Health Coaching Packages on Physical Activity |
HAILEY EVELYN DONOHUE (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Physical inactivity is a worldwide public health problem. Applied behavior analysis has demonstrated success in this area; interventions such as goal setting, self-monitoring, and feedback have produced increases in physical activity of adults. Nevertheless, strategies with a more nondirective approach, such as health coaching, are gaining increased traction in healthcare settings. We do not know about the relative effects of nondirective approaches and the established, directive interventions in applied behavior analysis, or about client preference for nondirective and directive approaches. The present study employed a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate a largely nondirective, client-centered health coaching approach for increasing physical activity of adults and the subsequent introduction of a directive coaching approach to goal setting and feedback components. Four adult females participated in the study remotely via telehealth. Active zone minutes were the primary dependent variable in the present study, and physical activity metrics were measured by the Fitbit Inspire 2. Meaningful increases in active zone minutes were observed for 1 of 4 participants, and preference for nondirective and directive coaching styles varied across participants. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Client-Set Versus Coach-Set Goals in the Context of a Health Coaching Intervention for Physical Activity |
J. LOGAN GIBSON (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Health coaching is a relatively new integrated health role in which practitioners use a combination of behavioral interventions to evoke health-related behavior changes; however, there is a lack of valid evidence to support health-based claims. We investigated the effect of an approximation of a health coaching intervention on three college students' number of steps per day. We provided participants with weekly tele-health coaching sessions focused on goal-setting and feedback and used Fitbits to track the results. We used a multiple baseline across participants design to compare daily steps across four phases; self-monitoring, self-monitoring with experimenter-set goals and feedback, self-monitoring with participant-set goals and feedback, and finally, a choice phase in which participants could continue to set their own goals or have the experimenter set goals for them. All experimenter-set goals were selected using a weekly percentile schedule. In aggregate, all participants took more steps in the goal-setting phases than during the self-monitoring only phase. However, we cannot determine why, as there is no notable difference between self-set goals and experimenter-set goals. When offered, all participants chose to continue the intervention for an additional one to two weeks. |
|
The Role of Applied Behavior Analysis in Healthcare: Examples from Physical Therapy |
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Problems that characteristically fall within the domains of medicine and healthcare have behavioral components. These components contribute to the prognosis of the condition. Applied behavior analytic techniques can optimize these behavioral components which can improve the prognosis of various medical conditions. We adopted this strategy to interpret osteoarthritis and recovery from total knee arthroplasty (Vaidya & Armshaw, 2021; Armshaw & Vaidya, in prep). Specifically, we identified some contingencies that might lead to reduced use and atrophy of a muscle group important for typical knee extension and flexion required for many activities. Additionally, we identified features such as loss of proprioception that hinder the neuromuscular retraining necessary to regain functional use of the knee. We then developed a technology using surface electromyography and gamification to address some barriers that impede neuromuscular retraining. Results with healthy participants suggested that the technology worked. In this presentation, we present data from 18 participants who had undergone total knee arthroplasty. In a group design, participants were exposed to either our technology or the standard physical therapy protocols. We will describe and discuss the results in the context of a renewed role for applied behavior analysis in healthcare and medicine. |
|
|
|
|
|
Queering Our Science: How Behavior Analysts Can Work Toward LGBTQ+ Liberation |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Fernanda Suemi Oda, M.A. |
Chair: Fernanda Suemi Oda (The University of Kansas) |
MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (San Jose State University) |
SARAH CAMPAU (University of Arkansas) |
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: The last thirty years have seen enormous growth in the application of psychological science to better the lives of LGBTQ+ people. Behavior analysts have been largely absent from this movement (Morris, Goetz, & Gabriele-Black, 2021). There has been a recent discourse around harms that behavior analysts have enacted upon LGBTQ+ people in the past, accompanied by a discussion of steps we can take to “do better” in the future. This panel focuses on future actions that behavior analysts can take to support LGBTQ+ people’s wellbeing. Panelists have each done significant professional work in support of LGBTQ+ people; two are members of LGBTQ+ communities, and one has done this work in an ally role. We will discuss both what behavior analysts can do in the domains of research, practice, and organizational behavior and how they can do it. We will also discuss particular considerations behavior analysts at various career stages (e.g., graduate student, early career faculty) and spheres of professional practice. The panel will conclude with ample time for audience questions and discussion. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: N/A, level is beginner |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Describe behavior analysts' contributions to research on LGBTQ+ issues. (2) Discuss areas of applied research through which behavior analysts can contribute to knowledge about best practices for promoting the wellness of LGBTQ+ people. (3) Identify current best practices for supporting LGBTQ+ clients, staff, and students. |
Keyword(s): diversity, ethics, LGBTQ, social justice |
|
|
|
|
|
Building Durable Behavioral Treatments: Advancements In and Discussions On Relapse Mitigation and Clinical Implications |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 251 |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University; Oakland University Center for Autism) |
Discussant: Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University - Children's Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services) |
CE Instructor: Michael P. Kranak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral treatments such as differential reinforcement are an effective means of reducing problem behavior. These treatments are frequently implemented by highly trained staff in well-controlled settings. After a clinically relevant reduction in problem behavior is achieved, these treatments are then transferred from clinics to the community (e.g., homes and schools), and from trained therapists to parents, caregivers, and other intervention agents. However, these treatments will be challenged during community implementation, potentially—and likely—leading to relapse (e.g., resurgence, renewal) and eventual treatment failure. Fortunately, researchers have developed some strategies to supplement behavioral treatments and improve their durability (i.e., able to withstand everyday challenges). In this symposium, the presenters will discuss common treatment challenges and their corresponding forms of relapse; as well as strategies practitioners can implement to improve the durability of their treatments. They will also describe relevant next steps for researchers in the area relapse and its mitigation. Following the presentations, audience members will be able to identify scenarios likely to result in relapse and ways in which they can mitigate relapse. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): relapse, renewal, research-to-practice, resurgence |
Target Audience: The intended audience is behavior analysts who have or currently work with individuals that engage in problem behavior, as well as researchers who work in the area of relapse. Audience members should be mildly familiar with relapse. However, presenters will provide some background and contextualization on various forms of relapse. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: (1) identify areas of treatment provision that could result in relapse; (2) describe strategies for mitigating relapse; (3) demarcate the differences between various forms of relapse and their implications for treatment. |
|
On the Prospective Application of Quantitative Models in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
(Theory) |
MICHAEL P. KRANAK (Oakland University; Oakland University Center for Autism), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University) |
Abstract: Behavioral treatments are effective in reducing problem behavior and equipping individuals with adaptive ways to communicate. However, these same treatments can lose their effectiveness in contexts where lapses in treatment integrity occur. These lapses in treatment integrity, both omission and commission errors, are two common treatment challenges that threaten long-term treatment gains. Although some recurrence of problem behavior and minor lapses in treatment integrity are expected, the risk of relapse of problem behavior increases as a function of increased recurrence of problem behavior and treatment integrity errors. In short, recurrence of problem behavior and treatment integrity errors can be the first steps in a chain that leads to eventual treatment failure. Quantitative models (e.g., Resurgence as Choice, behavioral momentum theory) have been an effort to better understand how challenges, such as lapses in treatment integrity, affect the durability of treatment. However, the extent to which these models are used in clinical practice is unknown. The presenter will (1) discuss recent findings on the application of quantitative models, (2) describe strategies for mitigating resurgence, and (3) review implications for clinicians and areas for researchers regarding durable treatments and behavioral inoculation. |
|
Six Things Practitioners Should Know About Renewal |
(Theory) |
RYAN KIMBALL (University of Saint Joseph), Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University; Oakland University Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Individuals with and without developmental disabilities who engage in problem behavior receive treatment services in various settings such as their homes, schools, and clinics. These individuals also likely experience treatment provision from various practitioners such as therapists, teachers, and caregivers. Accordingly, changes in the treatment setting or intervention agent (i.e., context) will occur often and likely cause renewal. Renewal is the form of relapse that occurs when a previously eliminated behavior returns due to a change in context. The current paper describes six things practitioners should know about renewal. These reasons are the (1) distinction between renewal and another form of relapse (i.e., resurgence), (2) generality of renewal, (3) potential for renewal even when alternative reinforcement is available, (4) close relationship between renewal and the generalization of behavior change, (5) similarity between renewal testing procedures and situations that practitioners commonly encounter, and (6) variables that impact renewal and potential mitigation strategies. The current paper asserts that practitioners should prepare for renewal during context changes when working with their clients, especially during changes to the treatment setting or intervention agent. While discussion will be most relevant to practitioners, the paper also considers directions for future research on renewal in applied settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Machine Learning Applications for Improving Behavior Analyst Decision-Making in Practice and Research |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD) |
CE Instructor: John E. Staubitz, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Machine learning holds great promise for improving behavior analytic practice and research (Turgeon & Lanovaz, 2020). Historically, behavior analysts have collected and analyzed data as a means of making decisions to improve socially significant client outcomes. When analyzing large data sets reflecting organizations-wide outcomes or the complex outputs that can be captured by sensors, there is a possibility for enhancing the decision-making of behavior analysts. Response effort can limit the extent to which humans can complete analyses or make predictions in time to be beneficial. By nature, machine learning can allow for rapid or even real-time analyses that would be impossible for a human. The first presentation will describe how behavior analysts at an educational center are using sensors to collect physiological and behavioral data and applying machine learning to analyze data and inform decision-making. The second presentation will share data from a multimodal model of sensor data collection and machine learning that allows for real-time prediction of behavioral escalation within a modified Practical Functional Assessment. Finally, presenters will describe a machine learning model for analyzing service delivery and satisfaction data across many organizations over the course of multiple years that allows for improvement in organizational decision-making models. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Decision-making, Electrodermal Activity, Machine learning, sensors |
Target Audience: The target audience for this session includes practicing behavior analysts who oversee behavior change programs that address severe problem behavior, or who oversee ABA agencies and are responsible for making organization-level decisions. This session is also intended to be of interest to those interested in the practical or ethical context surrounding the use of machine learning and or sensors. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify ways in which existing technology can enhance their behavior analytic practice (2) Demonstrate basic understanding of how machine learning and signal processing approaches may be helpful to behavior analysts in the future (3) Demonstrate an understanding of the extent to which using a structured, non-dangerous assessment context may limit assessment time, risk, and resources (4) Describe three strengths and limitations to using machine learning to predict patient outcomes |
|
Integrating Traditional Behavior Analytic Practices With Emerging Technology to Understand and Treat Challenging Behaviors |
JOHANNA F LANTZ (The Center for Discovery), Tania Villavicencio (The Center for Discovery), Corey Olvera (The Center for Discovery), Ali Rad (Emory University School of Medicine, Department of Biomedical Informatics) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts understand behavior through observation of learners in the environment. Technological advances offer a view of what is happening inside of the learner as well. The presenter will describe a program at The Center for Discovery (TCFD) where students in a specially equipped classroom wear sensors that track physiological and movement data. Video data from this naturalistic setting are aligned with sensor data. The presenter will explain how behavior analysts from TCFD integrate data from the sensors with traditional ABA methodology to design better treatments for learners with autism spectrum disorder and maladaptive behaviors. Physiological and behavioral data representing significant clinical findings will be shared. In addition to using technology to inform clinical decisions, the presenter will describe collaborations between TCFD and computer scientists. These scientists are using machine learning and biomedical signal analysis to analyze TCFD’s rich dataset with the desired outcome of automatic detection and prediction of behaviors. The ultimate goal of this relationship is to develop technology that a.) sends alerts to caregivers that a behavior is imminent or that it is time to re-engage following a behavior and b.) detects behaviors automatically as a potential replacement for live data collection. |
|
Predicting Problem Behavior through a Multimodal Machine Learning-Based Predictive Framework |
JOHN E. STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Zhaobo Zheng (Vanderbilt University), Lauren Shibley (VUMC: TRIAD), Nibraas Khan (Vanderbilt University), Amy Weitlauf (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), David Reichley (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Nilanjan Sarkar (Vanderbilt University School of Engineering) |
Abstract: Previous research has established the potential for machine learning and physiological data to enhance evidence-based practices for assessing problem behavior. While investigators have demonstrated the capability to predict problem behavior, there are limits to predictive precision, and the assessments needed to build such a model have been time- and resource-intensive, requiring repeated exposures to behavior that poses safety risks to the learner or assessor (Ozdenizci et al., 2018; Goodwin et al., 2019). The practical functional assessment (PFA) allows assessors to efficiently evoke a high number of non-dangerous precursor behaviors in a short period of time. By integrating direct observation data with multimodal data from several sensors capturing the physiological and motion performance of the learner within a modified PFA, we were able to create a model that predicts behavioral escalation with 98.5% accuracy after 1-2 brief assessment sessions. We discuss our process for developing an integrated hardware and software platform with the specific goal of enhancing evidence-based practice in ABA. Additionally, we will connect this promising technology with our existing code of ethics, especially as it relates to minimizing client risk and ensuring informed consent for engagement with technologies that are new. |
|
A Machine Learning Analysis of Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery Characteristics That Predict Improved Patient Outcomes |
DAVID J. COX (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College), Zachary Harrison Morford (Texas Association for Behavior Analysis), Jacob Sosine (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Cora Gnikobou (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence) |
Abstract: The delivery of ABA services involves a complex interaction of behavioral systems. Patients need to be interested in and seek out ABA services; and, once in ABA, to continue improving their quality of life. Employees need to be hired in sufficient numbers, properly trained, adequately resourced, and appropriately matched with patients they are competent to serve. And payors need to see progress being made within reasonable costs and time frames. In this presentation, we discuss how the Behavioral Health Center of Excellence is leveraging machine learning to describe and understand these complex and interacting behavioral systems. Specifically, we leveraged data collected from 500+ organizations over six years to analyze the interaction between ABA organizations’ systems and processes; staff satisfaction and turnover; service delivery (e.g., utilization rates, hours of ABA contacted); and patient satisfaction with ABA services. We also discuss how these data can predict patient reported progress, improvement in quality of life, and changes on norm-referenced and criterion-referenced assessments. This presentation provides a first look at the variables that might be important to describe and improve the complex interaction of behavioral systems that comprise ABA service delivery. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Navigating Graduate School as a Student of Color: Recommendations and Considerations From BIPOC in Academia |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Stacha Leslie, M.Ed. |
Chair: Stacha Leslie (University of Kansas) |
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University) |
MARREN MARIE LEON-BARAJAS (The University of Kansas) |
KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Black, Indigenous, and people of color (BIPOC) are underrepresented in graduate school programs and make up only 12% of certified behavior analysts (Behavior Analysis Certification Board; BACB 2020). BIPOC students are often met with challenges such as microaggressions, gaslighting, victim blaming, and other nuanced forms of discrimination. Additionally, the lack of representation may create feelings of isolation among peers and seclusion from community resources. Such challenges have potential to create an unbalanced learning environment in which students are still expected to make reputable contributions to the field. Given this, BIPOC students must have access to additional resources to ensure they are supported throughout their tenure and have the tools they need to confront and disrupt discriminatory behaviors. This panel serves to 1) highlight the importance of community through representation 2) discuss the need for mentorship and allyship, 3) promote self-care strategies that have proven effective at mitigating the effects of discrimination, and 4) offer a safe space and reprieve during an otherwise strenuous journey. The panelists will also share personal experiences and resources that proved successful as they navigated their own journeys through graduate school. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Target Audience: Graduate students (BCBAs), Graduate School faculty (associate and full professors, BCBAs and/or BCBA-Ds), individuals providing supervision services to prospective BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Acknowledge the importance of community through representation for BIPOC students (2) Identify specific challenges and discriminations faced by BIPOC students during graduate school (3) Identify self-care strategies and resources to support BIPOC students during graduate school |
|
|
|
|
|
What Works to Reduce Bullying from Applied Behavior Analytic Perspective |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jeridith Ann Lord (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Robert F. Putnam (May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis principles have been used to improve numerous behavior problems in schools. For example, there are many programs available to schools that purport to reduce bullying. Unfortunately, few published programs purport to use and incorporate applied behavior analytic principles as the core of their interventions. This session will analyze these programs as reviewed in the literature from an applied behavior analysis perspective.
The first paper will review the literature regarding reducing bullying from the unit of analysis of the whole school and its impact on students, parents, and teachers. A PRISMA model literature review will be presented on the existing literature. Finally, data will be shown on the extent to which these studies included competency assessment, generalization assessment, and social validity measures.
The second paper will further analyze five of the most popular bullying programs. These programs were chosen because they were evaluated more than two times across different programs and different evaluators. It was found that staff training and parent involvement, hotspots monitoring, and treatment fidelity were associated with higher success. Data on these and other elements will be summarized, and implications for practice and training will be highlighted. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate - knowledge of school-based applied behavior analytical interventions |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) recite the components of effective anti-bullying programs
(2) analyze anti-bullying programs for these effective components
(3) list the the most effective components of anti-bullying programs |
|
A Systematic Literature Review of Anti-Bullying Interventions |
JACQUELINE J. WEBER (Endicott College), Brian Keith Mason (Endicott College) |
Abstract: 1. Bullying in schools is a severe problem with implications for safety, mental health, and education. Schools around the world are implementing anti-bullying programs to address bullying. There are many different types of interventions available and in use, and it isn't easy to know which programs are most effective. Some programs are more efficacious than others, but what constitutes success is that the intervention must address the needs of the whole school, including students, teachers, and parents. Additionally, such programs must be implemented continuously and with fidelity. This paper will review the literature on anti-bullying programs to offer insight into what programs and program components are most effective in reducing bullying and victimization among students. A PRISMA model literature review will be presented on the existing literature. Initial searches yielded 351 articles; with additional requirements, the final analysis included 39 papers. Data will be shown on the extent to which these studies included competency assessment, generalization assessment, and social validity measures. |
|
A Systematic Analysis of the Components of Effective Bullying Programs |
BRIAN KEITH MASON (Endicott College), Jacqueline J. Weber (Endicott College) |
Abstract: As an extension of the PRISMA model analysis of the existing literature, an additional analysis was done on five anti-bullying programs. As districts often implement a particular approach, this level of analysis seemed important. The programs selected were: Olweus, KiVA, Steps to Respect, Restorative Practices, and NoTrap! These programs were chosen because they were evaluated more than two times across different programs and different evaluators, lending some credibility to them. In addition, core elements of anti-bullying programs were assessed as to whether they were included in these models. Examples of these elements included: whole-school approach; parent involvement; teacher training; inclusion of classroom rules; curricular integration; working with peers, bullies, and victims; and hotspot supervision. A core component of bullying prevention programs is a whole school approach (Limber et al., 2011; Gaffney et al., 2019).
Additionally, staff training and parent involvement were associated with higher success. An effective component that contributed additional value included the monitoring of hotspots. Not surprisingly, treatment fidelity was also associated with a higher impact from the intervention. Data on these and other elements will be summarized, and implications for practice and training will be highlighted. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Interventions Targeting Teacher Stress and Burnout |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: JULIANNE DICOCCO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology/ Union School District) |
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute; President, Values to Action ) |
CE Instructor: Melissa A. Diaz, M.A. |
Abstract: The field of education is seeing record numbers of teachers leave the field. Ongoing stress and burnout may be why 30-46% of new teachers leave the field within the first five years (Newberry & Allsop, 2017). Add to this the additional stress of teaching during a global pandemic on recent survey by the American Teacher Panel found that one in four teachers reported they were highly likely to leave the field at the end of the 21-22 school year. This highlights the importance of interventions targeted to address teacher stress and burnout. This symposium examines well-established procedures to reduce teacher stress and burnout out as well as more recent mindfulness-based interventions delivered in person and through phone-based applications. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT-Interventions, Burnout, Educators, Self-Care |
Target Audience: Intermediate.
Junior BCBAs; behavior analysts in their first 5 years of practice; including practitioners, supervisors, or currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identity different measures of teacher stress and burnout
2. Identify actions towards and away specific values
3. Identify implications of incorporating ACT-based interventions for educators. |
|
Teacher Burnout and Self-Care |
NICOLE BARTON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Teachers report high levels of burnout, and teacher attrition is costly and disruptive to the learning of students. Burnout is a concept that has a constellation of effects from physical to psychological (García-Carmona et al., 2018l; Kim et al., 2017; Novack et al, 2020). Self-management interventions are cost effective means to intervene on a variety of areas from work performance to weight loss. Self-management program was utilized to increase self-care, which is area that may help produce protective measures against burnout. Much of the research on teacher burnout utilizes non-direct measurement, this study attempts to examine verbal behavior to see if it varies as the self-care intervention is implemented. Teacher verbal behavior would also be compared to self-report measures to determine if it was an indicator of burnout. Self-care was increased for participants during the intervention but not at follow up. Teacher verbal behavior did not vary with changes in self-care, but teacher verbal behavior did show patterns which might suggest utility as a direct measure of burnout. Finally, teacher self-report measures did not change from pre- to post-assessment. This study suggests more direct means to measure burnout and that self-report measures may not be sensitive enough measured for concepts such as burnout. |
|
Using the ACT Matrix to Improve Psychological Flexibility, Stress, and Burnout in Special Education Teachers |
MELISSA A. DIAZ (Shelby County Public Schools, Simmons University, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Currently, special education teachers are burning out and leaving their jobs due to stress, work overload, access to professional development, organizational climate, organizational follow-up, student behaviors, pressure from parents of the students, pressure from administrators, and interactions with co-workers or paraprofessionals (Billingsley et al., 2019; Cancio et al., 2013; Emery, & Vandenberg, 2010). Teachers who are experiencing burnout may not be experiencing day to day successes that align with their values. The purpose of the study will be to use the ACT Matrix to increase psychological flexibility and overt value driven behaviors with special education teachers. In session data will be collected on the ability to conditionally discriminate the choices associated with access to positive or negative reinforcement made during their day. Participants will learn how to increase their perspective taking skills about work situations using the ACT Matrix. Ecological momentary assessment for daily reporting will be used to collect data outside of sessions for value driven behaviors. By learning to identify their values, match their measurable actions to those values, gain the ability to stop in the moment, and take perspective to implement value driven actions, teachers should gain increased psychological flexibility while decrease symptoms of stress and burnout. |
|
|
|
|
|
Students' Perspective on Diversity and Culturally Responsive Supervisory Practices and Feedback |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Fernande Deguenon (Brooklyn Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Tanya Lopez, M.S. |
Panelists: MAJDI BUZOOR (Arab American University-Palestine; Florida Institute Technology), ANNABEL GARZA (The University of Texas at Austin), TANYA LOPEZ (Positive Behavior Supports) |
Abstract: A critical step in the preparation toward certification as a Behavior Analyst is supervision (Turner et al., 2016). The purpose of supervision is to equip applied behavior analysis (ABA) students with behavior analytic, professional, and ethical skills necessary for effective client treatment in practice (BACB, 2021). The rules for supervision are found in the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts, also known as “the Code” (Sellers et al., 2016b). A successful supervision experience involves clearly defined expectations at the onset of the relationship (Sellers et al., 2016a), and accurate training and feedback by the supervisor (Sellers et al., 2019). Factors that are considered include the supervisees’ beliefs and values originating from previous supervision experiences (Turner et al., 2016). Supervisees from different linguistic and cultural backgrounds may also require unique interactions with the supervisors while still satisfying the BACB’s objectives. One aspect of supervision that should be discussed and explored further are the modifications made to the supervision experience for supervisees from different linguistic and cultural backgrounds. These candidates may require unique interactions with supervisors while still satisfying the BACB’s objectives. This panel discussion will explore the importance of cultural diversity and responsiveness in the supervision experience, challenges that may be experienced by relevant supervisees, and suggested solutions to address them. References Behavior Analyst Certification Board (2016). 2022 Eligibility Requirements. https://www.bacb.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/BCBA-2022EligibilityRequirements_210513.pdf Sellers, T. P., Valentino, A. L., & LeBlanc, L. A. (2016a). Recommended practices for individual supervision of aspiring behavior analysts. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 9(4), 274-286. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40617-016-0110-7 Sellers, T. P., Alai-Rosales, S., & MacDonald, R. P. F. (2016b). Taking full responsibility: The ethics of supervision in behavior analytic practice. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 9(4), 299-308. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40617-016-0144-x Sellers, T. P., Valentino, A. L., Landon, T. J., & Aiello, S. (2019). Board certified behavior analysts’ supervisory practices of trainees: Survey results and recommendations. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 12(3), 536-546. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40617-019-00367-0 Turner, L. B., Fischer, A. J., & Luiselli, J. K. (2016). Towards a competency-based, ethical, and socially valid approach to the supervision of applied behavior analytic trainees. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 9(4), 287-298. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40617-016-0121-4 |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe current and future states of BCBAs’ perceptions of supervisory practices; (2) identify at least three challenges and three practical solutions to supervisory practices; (3) describe components of supervisory practices that support cultural diversity and responsiveness. |
MAJDI BUZOOR (Arab American University-Palestine; Florida Institute Technology) |
Majdi Buzoor graduated in 2006 as an Occupational Therapist from Arab American University-Palestine. He is a certified Sensory Integration Specialist from USC 2012 and started his BCaBA course program at FIT last May and his fieldwork supervised experience with three “amazing” supervisors. Majdi loves his job as an OT, however, the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) has significantly augmented his professional practice, enriched, and improved the quality of his service delivery, which in turn has supported his passion to help many more children who need specialized, individualized effective interventions based on the science of ABA. |
ANNABEL GARZA (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Annabel Garza graduated from The University of Texas at Austin with a master’s degree in special education with a concentration in autism and developmental disabilities. She is currently working on finishing up her fieldwork experience hours at an early intervention center for children with autism in Austin, Texas. She is planning on sitting for the BCBA exam in the fall of 2022. Annabel enjoys working closely with families and coaching parents/caregivers during direct therapy sessions. |
TANYA LOPEZ (Positive Behavior Supports) |
Tanya Lopez graduated from Bay Path University with a master’s degree in applied behavior analysis (ABA). She is currently working as a board-certified behavior analyst (BCBA) for Positive Behavior Supports (PBS), providing in-home services for children diagnosed with autism in the state of Massachusetts. In her free time, Tanya enjoys spending time with her husband and son, shopping at Target and ordering Starbucks. |
|
|
|
|
|
When Nothing Works: On the Concept of Treatment Refractory Problem Behaviors in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Elizabeth A. Sanabria-Fitter (CCSN: The Center of Child with Special Needs) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Fitter, M.A. |
Abstract: The term “treatment refractory” is generally used across disciplines to describe conditions that do not respond to treatment or do not respond to a prescribed hierarchy of established treatments. For example, in psychiatry conditions such as depression, bipolar disorder, and schizophrenia are often labeled treatment refractory. In behavior analysis, the identification of behavior function(s) leads to a specific set of treatment interventions that are likely to be effective in reducing the frequency of the assessed problem behavior. Yet, for some individuals, problem behaviors persist despite precise implementation of well-established treatment packages. Here, we explore the concept of treatment refractory problem behaviors. First, characteristics, criteria, and implications of treatment refractory conditions outside of behavior analysis are reviewed. Second, factors contributing to the development of treatment refractory behaviors are discussed. Finally, specific individual cases of treatment refractory problem behaviors are reviewed and discussed. The conceptual of treatment refractory problem behaviors is important for treatment selection, consumer education, and research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): aggression, problem behaviors, self-injury, treatment refractory |
Target Audience: The participants should have knowledge or the range of interventions and experience with treatment refractory cases. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. List criteria used by other disciplines to classify a problem behaviors treatment refractory. 2. List contributing factors to the development of treatment refractory problem behaviors. 3. Identify long-term solutions to mitigate harm associated with treatment refractory behaviors. |
|
Definitions of "Treatment Refractory" from Other Disciplines |
LYNDE KAYSER (The Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The term “treatment refractory” is generally used across disciplines to describe conditions that do not respond to treatment or do not respond to a prescribed hierarchy of established treatments. For example, in psychiatry conditions such as depression, bipolar disorder, and schizophrenia are often labeled treatment refractory. In other medical specialties, treatment refractory conditions are routinely described and defined (e.g. neurology defines treatment refractory and even super-refractory status epilepticus). Here we review the terminology and criteria that have been utilized by other disciplines. In some cases, refractory simply implies that no treatment has caused a therapeutic effect. However, in other cases, treatment refractory implies a certain set of treatment procedures have been implemented and failed. In all cases, treatment refractory does not preclude the possibility that some intervention will be efficacious. |
|
Factors Contributing to the Development of Treatment Refractory Problem Behaviors |
JESSICA LINDSAY (The Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic interventions are not universally effective. Despite comprehensive research, consultation, medical rule outs, preference assessments, functional assessment, implementation of evidence based procedures, some behavior problems do not improve. The clinical picture become more complicated with the topographies result in ongoing severe injury to the individual or others, including blindness, hearing loss, broken bones, brain injury, infection, etc. There are several factors that may contribute to the classification of a behavior problem as treatment refractory. For example, temporal factors associated with behavioral consequences, historical schedules of reinforcement, the physical size and strength of the patient, idiosyncratic medical conditions, and biological factors that affect learning (e.g. traumatic brain injuries). Taken together, such factors may prevent the implementation of procedures such as differential reinforcement, extinction, time-out, etc. |
|
Case Examples of Treatment Refractory Problem Behaviors |
JOSEPH TACOSIK (Judge Rotenberg Education Center) |
Abstract: Behavioral procedures are often effective in addressing severe problem behaviors. However, in some cases, behavioral procedures are partially effective or ineffective in reducing the frequency of a given problem behavior. Here, individual cases meeting the aforementioned criteria are discussed. Individual case studies describing problem behaviors refractory to standard behavioral interventions are presented. For each case, assessment results leading to specific functional hypothesis and the associated function based behavioral interventions are described. The specific factors and decision making that led to the treatment refractory conclusion and subsequent decision making are reviewed and discussed. The use of protective equipment, long-term safety procedures, non-behavior analytic interventions, and other measures are described and considered in the context of a risk benefit analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Adhering to Our Ethical Core Principles for the Promotion of Humanistic Behavior Analytic Treatment |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Marla c Nascimento (Nascimento New Directions Inc.) |
Discussant: Candace Barrett (University of Miami) |
CE Instructor: Elisa M. Cruz-Torres, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Controversial treatments and approaches in the delivery of behavior analytic procedures have caused irreparable harm to the individuals they were intended to help and, subsequently, have created an undesirable reputation for the field of applied behavior analysis. Though there have been many notable advancements in the field of ABA over the past several years, including the introduction of ethics standards to help guide the practice and implementation of ABA-based interventions, there is still much room for improvement. With an update to our ethics code (effective January 2022), it is evident that our field is beginning to embrace and promote more humanistic approaches. This symposium combines two presentations focused on identifying necessary skills and competencies to promote humanistic behavior analytic treatment among behavior analysis practitioners. The first presentation will identify skills aimed at promoting an ethical, compassionate, and culturally competent therapeutic repertoire in ABA practitioners. The second presentation will provide practical guidance for training direct care professionals on implementing humane behavior interventions for individuals who engage in severe maladaptive behaviors. Implications for practice will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): compassionate practice, cultural competence, Ethics |
Target Audience: Intermediate - This presentation is appropriate for behavior analysts who have a full repertoire of behavior change strategies but may benefit from identifying which strategies provide the most benefit and least risks to their clients. This session is also beneficial for behavior analysts who want to understand how to integrate more humanistic approaches into their practice. Lastly, this may be beneficial for behavior analysts who are in supervisory positions and may be tasked with training and supervising staff with less training (e.g., RBTs, paraprofessionals). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion this symposium, participants will be able to:
1. Identify interpersonal skills required for the development and maintenance of a therapeutic repertoire comprised of empathy, compassion, and cultural competence.
2. Identify relevant competencies for training direct care staff to provide humane, respectful, and beneficial behavior intervention. |
|
Compassionate Care: Reconnecting to the "Applied" Dimension in Applied Behavior Analysis |
ELISA M. CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Despite the decades of evidence of the effectiveness of ABA-based procedures for the autism population, critics of ABA continue to express their discontent with our field. From former consumers becoming self-advocates to behavior analysts denouncing the practice of ABA, it is clear that there is some work to do if we want to continue to honor the socially significant dimension of our field and embody the foundational principles of our Ethics Code. This presentation will identify specific interpersonal skills aimed at building a compassionate, empathetic, and culturally competent therapeutic repertoire that can help practitioners build capacity in establishing trust and rapport and promote a collaborative and compassionate therapist-client relationship. |
|
Identifying Competencies for Training Direct Care Staff to Implement Humane, Respectful, and Beneficial Behavior Interventions |
JESSICA NAOMI CADETTE DUNN (Orlando Health) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts working in educational and community settings are often tasked with training and supervising direct care staff (e.g., paraprofessionals, behavior technicians) who work directly with individuals who may engage in moderate to severe maladaptive behaviors. Since behavior analysts are not always available to respond to behavioral incidents that occur, they must rely on these direct care staff to carry out behavioral interventions effectively, while maintaining the safety of the clients and those in close proximity. In addition, behavior analysts have an ethical obligation to ensure that their clients are treated with dignity and respect, and receive treatment that is beneficial and minimizes risk, regardless of the behavioral situations that may arise. Repeated exposure to high stress behavioral situations may weaken direct care staff’s efficacy, resulting in drift, and possibly increasing the likelihood that less humane behavioral interventions may be implemented (e.g., use of physical restraints). This presentation will identify relevant competencies for training direct care staff to provide humane, respectful, and beneficial behavior intervention. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: The PORTL Laboratory |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D. |
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Presenting Authors: : MARY ELIZABETH HUNTER (Behavior Explorer) |
Abstract: Laboratory experiences allow students to see basic concepts in action and ask questions about behavior. Historically, the operant chamber has been used as a laboratory apparatus by behavior analysts. It can be used for both teaching and experimental investigations. However, most students no longer have access to hands-on experiences in animal laboratories.
PORTL (the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab) can fill this void. PORTL is a table-top game that creates a free-operant environment for studying the principles of behavior and their application. In this tutorial, you will learn how PORTL works and how it can be used to teach concepts such as reinforcement, extinction, shaping, and chaining. In addition to its use as a teaching tool, PORTL can be used to replicate research studies and ask research questions. You will learn how PORTL provides a convenient and inexpensive way for students to gain experience designing their own apparatus and identifying and manipulating relevant variables. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This tutorial is designed for anyone who is interested in teaching others about basic behavioral principles. In particular, it will be of interest to university professors, researchers, and BCBAs. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the relationship between PORTL and the operant chamber; (2) describe how the game PORTL is played; (3) describe how PORTL can be used for teaching; (4) describe how PORTL can be used for research. |
|
MARY ELIZABETH HUNTER (Behavior Explorer) |
Mary Hunter earned an undergraduate degree in biology from the University of Chicago in 2008 and a master's degree in behavior analysis from the University of North Texas in 2013. She provides animal training services to people and their pets, working mainly with dogs and horses. She also serves as president of the Art and Science of Animal Training nonprofit organization. In addition, Mary has taught as an adjunct instructor at the University of North Texas. As an instructor, her interest in teaching led her to convert an upper-level undergraduate class into an entirely self-paced, mastery-based course using Dr. Fred Keller’s Personalized System of Instruction. In 2019, Mary and Dr. Jesús Rosales-Ruiz published their first book, PORTL: The Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab. Mary’s research interests include studying the process of shaping and finding better ways to teach people and to train animals. Her master's thesis, which examined the effects of a single reinforcer during shaping, was published in 2019. |
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment of Cannabis’ Relative Value: Laboratory Evaluation of Reward Processing Among Those Who Use Cannabis |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Aston, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ELIZABETH ASTON (Brown University) |
Abstract: Behavioral economics, an interdisciplinary field that prioritizes the assessment of reinforcer valuation, provides a powerful approach to examine the relative value of cannabis. Demand, an integral component of a behavioral economic approach to studying cannabis use, characterizes the value of a given reinforcer and facilitates identification of excessive substance valuation. Demand may be obtained via systematic assessment of hypothetical consumption across escalating price on the Marijuana Purchase Task. This talk will present the utility of demand as a potential marker of cannabis risk severity, including use frequency, use of high-potency cannabis formulations, and engagement in hazardous behaviors such as driving following use. This presentation will focus on demand assessment paired with ad libitum cannabis administration in the laboratory, including simulated purchasing behavior, subjective intoxication, and smoking topography (i.e., the way in which one smokes). The talk will conclude with discussion of clinical applications for demand assessment, how behavioral economic approaches can inform policy surrounding cannabis, and how we can tailor demand assessment in the wake of ever-evolving cannabis formulations, modes of administration, and legislation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Attendees at the MA or Ph.D. level with interest in behavioral economics of substance use |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain behavioral economic theory and its applications as a marker of cannabis use severity; (2) justify how substance demand, or perceived reward value, is a critical individual difference variable with respect to cannabis use; (3) describe how behavioral economic demand indices can be used to assess the influence of cannabis value in the laboratory and in daily life, as well as related clinical and policy implications. |
|
ELIZABETH ASTON (Brown University) |
Dr. Elizabeth Aston completed her Ph.D. in Neuroscience at Wake Forest School of Medicine. She is currently an Assistant Professor in the Center for Alcohol and Addiction Studies at the Brown University School of Public Health. She studies the behavioral economics of cannabis use, as well as predictors of cannabis-related outcomes (e.g., frequency, cannabis use disorder, problems) among individuals who use cannabis. She recently completed a K01 career development award from the National Institute on Drug Abuse using qualitative and quantitative methods to modify and validate a behavioral economic measure of demand for cannabis. She is also interested in cannabis’ medical applications, and is currently using qualitative and quantitative methods to study potential medical benefits of cannabis in the treatment of pain and inflammation for individuals with rheumatic diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis). |
|
|
|
|
|
Defining, Measuring, and Ensuring the Social Validity of Skills in Interprofessional Collaboration, Compassionate Care, and Cultural Humility in Behavior Analysts |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC School) |
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College) |
Abstract: In recent years, there has been some discussion of the need to increase the training of behavior analysts in soft skills. Examples of soft skills that have been discussed include active listening, engagement, empathetic statements, and the provision of support. Specifically, some sources of data indicate that behavior analysts may be less skilled in these areas than is ideal (e.g., Taylor et al., 2018; LeBlanc et al., 2019). Given the humanitarian foundations of the field, the focus on the improvement of the human condition, and the associations between consumer satisfaction and outcomes, it is important to maximize the extent to which behavior analysts master and demonstrate these skills. Challenges include operationally defining terms that may be mentalistic in nature, and measuring behaviors that are inherently somewhat subjective. Additional challenges include ensuring that there is a genuineness and authenticity to the demonstration of the skills, and that social validity measures support that they are received well by clients. In recent years, progress has been made in issuing calls to action in the realms of interprofessional collaboration (e.g., Brodhead, 2015), compassionate care (e.g., Taylor et al, 2018; LeBlanc et al, 2019) and cultural humility (e.g., Fong et al, 2016; Miller et al, 2019; Wright, 2019). Models from other fields have been reviewed, adaptations of existing tools and models have been suggested, and the BACB Code of Ethics has been expanded to include these obligations (BACB, 2020). Several recent empirical explorations of work in these areas will be shared, and directions for future research and training will be suggested. Reasons for enthusiasm and hope will be reviewed, as the field both returns to its roots and meets the challenges of the future in this endeavor to expand the skill sets of practicing behavior analysts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate student. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list several component skills that have been suggested as lacking in the professional repertoires of behavior analysts; (2) describe how soft skill components might enhance outcomes of behavior analytic intervention and of collaboration with other professionals; (3) provide examples of how the component skills of compassionate care, interprofessional collaboration, and cultural humility might be defined for the contexts of collaboration and service provision; (4) review challenges in evaluating the mastery of these skills, including generalization to natural contexts, passing tests of authenticity, ensuing culturally responsive skill development, and obtaining social validity ratings from multiple stakeholders and experts; (5) identify future research questions and current strategies for student/staff training in these areas. |
|
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College) |
Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D., BCBA-D, LABA, is a Professor at Endicott College, where she has been for 10 years, and where she serves as the Executive Director of ABA and Autism Programs, including overseeing the master’s programs in ABA and directing the Ph.D. Program in ABA. She also does research with the team at Melmark. She has worked in the field of ABA and Autism for over 35 years. She received her Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from Rutgers University in 1990 and she became a Board Certified Behavior Analyst in 2000. She previously worked for 16 years at the Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center at Rutgers University. Her clinical and research interests center on defining best practice ABA techniques, exploring ways to enhance the ethical conduct of practitioners, teaching social skills to learners with autism, training staff to be optimally effective at instruction and at collaboration, and maximizing family members’ expertise and adaptation. She serves on the Scientific Council of the Organization for Autism Research, is on the board of Association for Science in Autism Treatment, is a regular contributor to the ABA Ethics Hotline, and is an advisor to the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. She is a regular reviewer for several professional journals, and is a frequent member of service committees for a variety of organizations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Understanding Language Development: The Deeper Wisdom in B. F. Skinner’s Completely Incorrect Theory |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 256 |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
CE Instructor: Catherine Snow, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: CATHERINE SNOW (Harvard University) |
Abstract: In 1959 Noam Chomsky published a famously scathing review of Skinner’s 1957 book, Verbal Behavior. For the next 30 or so years, invoking the role of the child’s language environment in explaining acquisition was viewed positively only in limited clinical and restricted educational contexts, while the majority of legitimate child language researchers focused on children’s acquisition of rules and abstract patterns remote from their actual verbal behavior. However, the role of the child’s language environment was never fully ignored as a research topic, and in the last 30 years has regained legitimacy as an explanation for individual and group differences in rate and course of acquisition. Although some might take this as an affirmation of the claims in Verbal Behavior, child language researchers would vehemently reject that interpretation, noting, for example, the central role that must be attributed to infants’ innate social-pragmatic categories and their general cognitive capacities, which far transcend the learning mechanisms Skinner posited. This talk will summarize the findings supporting a role for variation in the child’s language environment in explaining aspects of language development, and argue that the polarizing dispute between Skinner and Chomsky retarded progress toward understanding how children’s innate socio-pragmatic skills and linguistic input interact to support language development. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Anyone interested in language development or the intellectual history of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain to parents or supervisors the mechanism by which producing verbal behavior can contribute to learning language; (2) explain to parents or supervisors why success at inducing verbal behavior falls so far short of supporting language acquisition; (3) reconsider the wisdom of engaging in polarized debates about language development. |
|
CATHERINE SNOW (Harvard University) |
Catherine Snow is the Patricia Albjerg Graham Professor at the Harvard Graduate School of Education. She received her Ph.D. in 1971 from McGill University, having written a dissertation on Mothers’ Speech to Children in which she argued against Chomsky’s claim that the ‘primary linguistic data’ available to children was misleading, degraded, and ungrammatical. She subsequently worked for 8 years in the Linguistics Department of the University of Amsterdam, and has worked since 1980 at Harvard. Her current work focuses on the quality of early childhood programs, and on promoting discussion to support learning in elementary classrooms. |
|
|
|
|
|
Reflections on Our Journey Into DEI: A Conversation With the ABAI DEI Board |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: DEI; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, Ph.D. |
Panelists: R. WAYNE WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University), JOVONNIE L. ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno), JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This panel represents the third annual DEI Board discussion in a series designed to provide the ABAI membership with: 1) updates on Board activities, 2) opportunities for considering specific topics of relevance to advancing DEI efforts within ABAI and more broadly, and 3) a mechanism for input and ideas from the audience. This year’s panel will focus on the potential contributions of behavior analysis theory and scientific research to improving diversity, equity, and inclusion in ABAI and, more generally, in society. A brief review of the Board’s actions over the past year will be provided by the Co-Coordinators of the ABAI DEI Board, Elizabeth Fong, and Ramona Houmanfar. In addition, ABAI DEI Board members will share perspectives on how DEI issues have impacted our ABA community. Time for questions and comments from the audience will be included to allow for sharing relevant experiences and lessons learned. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: intermediate - good grasp of ABA, some experience or interest in working on DEI issues, some experience or interest in working with diverse populations |
Learning Objectives: 1. Name at least one step that behavior analysts are taking to address DEI in the field 2. Identify ways that they can engage in DEI practice 3. Identify ways that DEI issues have impacted our ABA community |
R. WAYNE WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University) |
JOVONNIE L. ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno) |
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas) |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Technology to Extend the Collection and Use of Behavioral Data in Applied Settings |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 154 |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn L. Kalafut, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Behavioral data is necessary in order to make informed decisions about the welfare of humans and animals, but its collection can be challenging--particularly so in animal care facilities. Traditional methods of collecting insightful behavioral data require time, resources, and experts who understand data analysis and visualization. Furthermore, in order for data to be used in-the-moment to make decisions about an animal’s care, it needs to be collected, analyzed, and visualized on a continuous basis. While this is nearly impossible to achieve with the methods frequently used in applied settings, it is not for those used in a basic laboratory. By finding inspiration from the standard operant chamber, and taking advantage of the availability of microcontrollers and sensors, automating data collection in applied settings is more feasible than ever. This presentation will discuss what it takes to provide continuous welfare for animals living under human care, and how we can achieve this with the use of current technologies. Projects involving domestic cats, Asian elephants, and penguins will be used to highlight the current usage as well as future applications. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Anyone interested in 1) how technology can be used to enhance data collection and use; 2) those interested in animal work; 3) those interested in animal welfare. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the importance and value of using technology in ABA; (2) cite specific examples of how technology has enhanced the knowledge of animal behavior and captive animal environments; (3) find resources to develop and use technology in their own practice; (4) discuss the value and importance of cross-disciplinary collaboration in our field; (5) identify raspberry pi(e) as more than just a delicious dessert. |
|
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Katie has published animal research in both applied and basic settings. Her background of basic and applied work carries equal weight in the research she conducts today. Her passion lies in building captive animal environments that enhance animal welfare, from building devices that continuously collect data to developing platforms that facilitate up-to-the-minute, data-based decisions regarding an animal's care. She does this work both as an Associate Professor at the Chicago School of Professional Psychology in Applied Behavior Analysis, as well as CEO of Tracks Technology, a consulting company working with animal facilities to collect, analyze, and interpret behavioral data to ensure the highest welfare for their animals. |
|
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior and the Emergence of Novel Responses in Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 256 |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami) |
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri St. Louis) |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) developed a taxonomy of verbal behavior and referred to the different functional responses as verbal operants. Focused behavior interventions for children with autism and other developmental disabilities typically target each verbal operant individually and increase complexity as children expand their verbal repertoire (Sundberg & Partington, 1999). Considering the extent of a person’s verbal repertoire, it is unrealistic to believe that one can directly teach a child with communication and language delays all topographies of verbal behavior. Therefore, it is important not only to evaluate the effectiveness of verbal behavior interventions but also to identify strategies that can efficiently promote the acquisition of new responses. Research has shown that instructional conditions can be arranged to facilitate the emergence of novel, untrained verbal responses. This presentation will share some of the research about this topic and present strategies to promote the emergence of novel responses when programming verbal behavior instructions for children with autism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, speech and language pathologists, psychologists, graduate students, autism service providers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the importance of programming for the emergence of verbal responses; (2) distinguish between directly taught and emergent responses; (3) describe at least one procedure to facilitate the emergence of verbal operants. |
|
ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri St. Louis) |
Dr. Andresa De Souza is an Assistant Professor at the University of Missouri – St. Louis and currently serves as the Dissemination Coordinator for the Verbal Behavior – Special Interest Group (VB-SIG). She received a Master’s in Behavior Analysis and Therapy from Southern Illinois University in Carbondale under the supervision of Dr. Ruth Anne Rehfeldt and a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from the University of Nebraska Medical Center under the supervision of Dr. Wayne Fisher. She completed her Post-Doctoral Fellowship at Marcus Autism Center and Emory University in Atlanta, GA. During her studies, Dr. De Souza gained valuable experience in early-intervention applications for children with autism, the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior, and the autism diagnostic criteria. She has provided supervision for behavior analysts and worked as a consultant for international sites. Dr. De Souza published several peer-reviewed articles on applications of Skinner’s verbal behavior within the framework of an autism diagnosis, and currently serves on the editorial board of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior. Her research focuses on strategies for teaching verbal behavior, the arrangement of conditions that can facilitate the emergence of novel language and decrease restricted stimulus control, and caregiver training. |
|
|
|
|
|
Risky Business Reboot: Ethics, Interventions, and Consultation in the Area of Sexuality |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 252B |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Frank R. Cicero, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica Demarco (Georgia State University) |
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University) |
WORNER LELAND (Sex Ed Continuing Ed) |
BARBARA GROSS (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Sex Ed Continuing Ed) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis acknowledges our responsibility to ethically provide services that support the autonomy of and maximize reinforcement for our clients, while also maximizing benefit to the community at large. Perhaps in no arena is this responsibility more pertinent than in that of sexual behavior. Cognizance around ethical issues as well as potential legal implications is of highest importance, especially in situations in which our clients have developmental disabilities. This panel will serve as a sounding board for common issues faced in the field as behavior analysts who address potential behavior change surrounding sexual behavior. Panelists will provide anecdotal information to inform best practices, surrounding the ethics of consultation and intervention, and the ethical considerations of each. Past Risky Business panels will serve as a brief touchpoint for this panel, as our panelists continue to bring us new and relevant information in the realm of sexual behavior. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCaBAs |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify appropriate scope of competence for assessment and treatment of sexual behavior 2. Identify ethically appropriate goals for addressing sexual behavior 3. Identify the ways that relevant ethical code sections apply to sexual behavior |
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, ethics, sexual behavior |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving the Use of Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions to Improve Prosocial Functioning in a School District |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Joyce West (Gardner Public Schools) |
Discussant: Erik D Maki (May Institute ) |
CE Instructor: Erik Maki, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis principles have been used to improve numerous behavior problems in schools. However, most of these interventions have been focused on the individual student. This symposium will focus on applying applied behavior analysis at the district, school, and classroom levels to improve student functioning. The first session reviews the implementation of MTSS/PBIS at the district and school level, applied behavior analysis at the systems level with treatment integrity. As a result of this implementation, improvements were seen in prosocial outcomes, including increased attendance, improved mental health scores, increased and on-task behavior of students in the classroom, reduction in office discipline referrals. The second session focuses on implementing high leveraged applied behavior analysis classroom practices to improve academic engagement. Academic engagement is highly correlated to academic achievement. These practices include high rates of both praise to error correction teacher-students interactions, student opportunities to respond, and teacher active supervision practices and how this was scaled up across a district. Implementing an empirical classroom observation system in a small, diverse, high-needs city in Massachusetts will be reviewed. Improved student outcomes were also observed in increased academic engagement and reduced reactive discipline practices. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate, Competencies of using applied behavior analytical skills in schools. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Be able to describe leadership behaviors including collaborative, facilitative, adaptive and transformative that are critical to the implementation of applied behavior analytic interventions. 2) Be able to describe how to train multi staff members in leadership behaviors using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) 3) Be able to describe the high leveraged applied behavior analytical teacher skills to improve academic engagement. |
|
Leveraging Building Leaders to Foster Adaptive Change to Implement District-Wide Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions |
AMBER CASAVANT (Gardner Public Schools) |
Abstract: One of the critical drivers of school-based systems change initiatives, particularly in the successful adoption of MTSS, is the buy-in and support of the district and school leadership. For example, McCart et al. (2015), in their review of several fidelity instruments related to MTSS, PBIS, and RTI, found that the common elements of a school leadership role were (a) administrator support with a clear vision to drive implementation forward; (b) decisions about resource allocation including staff responsibilities and professional development; and (f) ongoing monitoring and overall MTSS effectiveness with data. This presentation highlights the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic interventions and training procedures including Behavior Skills Training (BST) & Pyramidal Approach, Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS), Data-Based Decision Making (DBDM), facilitative, adaptive, and transformative leadership skills and evidence-based classroom practices as outlined in the Classroom Observation System (Putnam & Handler 2020) to improve prosocial functioning across a school district. The data shows improvements in prosocial outcomes including increased attendance, improved mental health scores and on-task behavior of students in the classroom, reduction in office discipline referrals (ODR’s), and improved fidelity. |
|
Implementing Applied Behavior Analytic Classroom Practices to Improve Academic Engagement |
FINA ROBERTSON (Gardner Public Schools, Behavioral Concepts Inc. (BCI)), Amber Casavant (Gardner Public Schools), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute) |
Abstract: This presentation will provide a review of the research on applied behavior analytical practices in classwide behavior support (Simonsen & Fairbanks, Briesch, Myers, & Sugai, 2008; Simonsen et al., 2015; Reinke, Herman & Sprick, 2011). These practices include: 1) antecedent practices; 2) instructional management practices, 3) reinforcement practices and 4) consequence practices. The presentation will go over the use of classwide functional assessment as a method to systematically evaluate the classroom environment to design and implement effective classroom-wide behavioral support practices. Once the environment is assessed, the model incorporates both indirect and direct instruction leading to how teachers participate in a data-based decision-making process to establish more effective practices, procedures, and interactions with students.
Finally, a case study of the implementation of MTSS/PBIS in a small, diverse, high-needs city in Massachusetts utilizing the Classroom Observation System (Putnam & Handler, 2020) will be reviewed. In particular, how buy in was obtained, how staff were systematically trained and how these practices were utilized as a tiered system of response to improve implementation fidelity data across schools and teacher implementation of applied behavior analytic classroom practices will be shown. Improved student outcomes were also observed in reduced reactive discipline practices. |
|
|
|
|
|
Measurement and Analysis of the Relation Between Supervision and Burnout Among Applied Behavior Analysis Professionals |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Isabella Massaro, M.A. |
Abstract: Research indicates that staff members working in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) report high levels of burnout associated with variables that include the support they receive from supervisors (Gibson et al., 2009; Plantiveau et al., 2018). However, limitations related to the measurement of burnout and supervisory skills constrain further investigation of this relationship. This symposium will present three related studies that seek to define and measure burnout, quality of supervisory skills, and the relation between the two. We will first explore the psychometric properties of the Stress Diagnostic Checklist (SDC), a measure developed to assess stressors faced by behavior therapists providing intervention to youth with autism spectrum disorders and related populations. We will then consider the measurement of effective supervisory behavior using the Operant Supervisory Taxonomy and Index (OSTI). Finally, we will examine rates of burnout among ABA professionals and the extent to which compassionate supervisory skills influence burnout. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Burnout, Measurement, Supervision |
Target Audience: The symposium is geared toward supervisors in the field of applied behavior analysis. As such, the attendee should possess basic competence in management and supervision of others, including the use of behavioral skills training (BST). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe burnout using observable environmental variables; (2) identify effective qualities of supervisors according to the Operant Supervisory Taxonomy and Index; (3) list compassionate behaviors that can be utilized in supervisory contexts. |
|
Toward Better Understanding of Burnout in Behavior Therapists: A Pilot of the Stress Diagnostic Checklist |
SUMMER BOTTINI (May Institute), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (Emory University) |
Abstract: Behavior therapists are at high risk for experiencing burnout. Burnout is a pressing concern given its negative consequences on the therapist, recipients of behavioral intervention, and the service delivery system at large. To date, burnout is predominantly measured as a mentalistic construct through self-reported surveys of current stress level. Alternatively, a functional-approach whereby burnout is measured via identifiable environmental variables associated with work may yield important information for intervening. We propose the Stress Diagnostic Checklist (SDC), a novel measure that assesses stressors facing behavior therapists providing intervention to autistic youth and related populations. This symposium will present initial psychometric properties of the SDC and commonly reported stressors. A total of 44 behavior therapists took an online survey including the SDC, traditional measures of burnout level, and measures of psychological flexibility and organizational commitment. Findings suggest the SDC has appropriate internal consistency across hypothesized environmental stressors and adequate test-retest reliability across two months. Comparison with other measures also suggest the SDC has promising convergent and discriminant validity. Taken together, the SDC may be a viable tool for identifying stressors in behavior therapists and potential targets for burnout prevention within behavioral service delivery settings. |
|
A Proposed Framework to Identify and Measure Supervisor Behavior |
ALYSSA R MCELROY (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: With the recent increase in demand for behavior analysts (BACB, 2021), the field has begun to discuss how to define, measure, and improve supervisor behavior. The special section on supervision in Behavior Analysis in Practice (2016), authors postulated a myriad of important supervisory behaviors; however, to date, no distinct measurement system has been adopted fieldwide. Komaki and colleagues (1986) described and validated the Operant Supervisory Taxonomy and Index (OSTI) with a primary purpose to identify and classify behavior of effective supervisors. Komaki’s OSTI may provide a parsimonious framework to describe and analyze supervisor behavior and guide future research to further identify and validate best practices for behavior analytic supervision. Thus, the purpose of this study was to conduct a descriptive analysis of two supervisors’ behaviors during meetings with trainees using the OSTI. Specifically, videos of supervision meetings were analyzed, and supervisors’ behaviors were coded using a partial interval scoring method to determine how much time each supervisor engaged in specific categories of behavior. Results of this analysis and future directions of behavior analytic supervision, research, and practice, including the utility of this framework, will be discussed. |
|
Compassionate Supervisory Practices as Predictors of Burnout in Applied Behavior Analysis Providers |
AMANDA AUSTIN (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Recent position papers have called for a focus on compassion in the training and practice of board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs; LeBlanc et al., 2019; Taylor et al., 2018). Much of this preliminary effort emphasizes the importance of compassion in behavior analysts’ work with families of individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities, highlighting research from other fields that demonstrates a relation between practitioner empathy and patient outcome. However, some research in burnout among applied behavior analysis (ABA) professionals indicates that supervisory relationships play important roles in the well-being of ABA professionals (Gibson et al., 2009). This presentation will report on findings from a survey of approximately 200 ABA providers that measures burnout and BCBA engagement in 29 supervisory practices. Descriptive analyses will highlight staff perceptions of BCBAs’ engagement in each practice. Multiple regression analyses will be conducted to determine the extent to which the use of compassion in supervision predicts staff burnout. Preliminary descriptive findings reveal several supervisory practices that BCBAs are not currently practicing regularly, notably the provision of feedback and use of praise. Implications for the training of BCBAs in supervision and for behavior analytic organizations will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: What Is MPR and How Has It Evolved? |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D. |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Presenting Authors: : PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Galileo’s “book of nature is written in the language of mathematics.” What are the mathematical sentences for reinforcement schedules? Good theories are based on principles, or axioms, so you know what they assume. Those in the Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR) are: Reinforcers: 1) excite, and 2) direct, responding, which 3) takes time. Baum’s and Catania’s theories have similar principles. I describe the data that motivate each principle, and the mathematics that animate those principles and their interactions. Each of the principle-models were specific enough to be tested, and to evolve into more precise, or more general ones. The first, for example, is A = ar, where A is activation, a motivation, and r rate of reinforcement. I describe two of the basic schedules to give a sense of the machinery; and then note its extension to adjunctive behaviors, contrast, progressive ratio schedules, and behavioral momentum theory. I show data that required refinement of the models. Finally I shall relate MPR to a recent general theory of time perception, and bridge that to Shahan and Gallistel’s information theoretic approach to reinforcement, sketching the blueprint of a grand theory of perception and action |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: All conference attendees curious about a principled approach to theory construction in the realm of reinforcement schedules. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain why a principled approach to theory construction is valuable; (2) describe the three principles in MPR, and note the similarities to either Baum’s or Catania’s models; (3) describe how the presenter distilled one of the principles into a model; or how he applied that model to a reinforcement schedule; or how you would go about that yourself; (4) explain how the “coupling coefficient” (viz. strength of contingency) may be related to the new “Trace Theory of Time Perception;” (5) describe similarities and differences from other theoretical approaches (e.g., Baum, Catania, Hull). |
|
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University) |
Peter received his doctorate in 1969 under the perplexed gazes of Howie Rachlin, Dick Herrnstein, and Fred Skinner. His only position was at Arizona State University (arriving as the department Previously-Known-As Fort Skinner in the Desert fell to the nativists). He has studied choice behavior, schedule-induced responses like polydipsia, reinforcement schedules, interval timing, and delay discounting. His reinforcers include the Poetry in Science Award; the APA Div. 25 Med Outstanding Researcher Award; the Hilgard Award for the Best Theoretical Paper on Hypnosis (!); the F. J. McGuigan Lecture on Understanding the Human Mind (!!); Presidents of the Society of Experimental Psychologists, the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, and the 3rd International Seminar on Behavior (SINCA). A year at the Institute for Advanced Studies in Oslo birthed a behavioral energetics theory of ADHD, which received The Faculty of 1000’s “Must Read”. His statistic prep was an Emerging Research Front Feature on Thomson Reuters Sciencewatch. He has written oodles of screeds on choice and on timing; his first, now receiving social security, showed that pigeons were indifferent between free food and schedules where they had to work for it; his latest is a deep dive into the perception of sequential stimuli in the context of timing. He has also urged our field to turn some of their efforts to understanding the role of emotions in behavior, and to bridging to the field at large through study embodied cognition. In his golden years, family and friends; the health of behavior analysis; admiring nature; and thinking deep thoughts, are foremost in his life. |
|
|
|
|
|
Skill-Based Approaches Toward Teaching Children to Tolerate Delays to Reinforcement |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Javid Rahaman, M.A. |
Abstract: Teaching children skills known to be effective under a variety of situations may be a proactive approach to mitigate (Hagopian et al. 2011; Tiger et al., 2008) or prevent (Luczynski & Hanley, 2013) problem behavior. However, the complexities of the natural environment can require learning a combination of skills. For example, situations may arise where a child must communicate to access reinforcement. Other situations may require the child to wait patiently or do something else for a period of time before accessing reinforcement. This symposium comprises four studies that sought to evaluate the efficacy of teaching specific skills to assist children with tolerating delays to reinforcement. The overall goal of these studies is to provide evidence for using skill-based approaches with children and their parents to reduce problem behavior and teach tolerance skills. This was done by teaching children some combination of communication, compliance (cooperation), engagement with other activities, or waiting patiently. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Delay Tolerance, Functional Communication, Parent Training, Skill-Based Approach |
Target Audience: The target audience for this session includes students of behavior analysis, practicing behavior analysts who oversee behavior change programs that treat problem behavior, and behavioral scientists who would like to learn more about skill-based approaches that address delay tolerance. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify skill-based approaches to teaching tolerance skills and treatment problem behavior; (2) Discuss the potential generality of these treatment approaches; (3) Identify socially valid methods to include parents in treatment approaches. |
|
Feasibility and Acceptability of a Function-Based Compressed Parent Training Program to Treat Child Behavior Problems |
MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Alicia Sullivan (VelaMar Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Early childhood externalizing behavior problems are both highly prevalent and predictive of significant conduct problems later in life. One frequently used intervention to address these types of problems is Behavioral Parent Training (BPT), wherein caregivers are trained as the primary change agents for their children. While effective, BPT programs face criticism due to high attrition and their reliance on parent report measures as their primary dependent variables. The current study examined the feasibility, acceptability, and outcome of an intensive behavior treatment program (120 minute sessions for 5 days/week over the course of 2 weeks) designed to teach caregivers to increase children’s frustration tolerance via a wait training procedure. Using a changing criterion single case experimental design, 12 children (M child age = 4.9 years) and their primary caregivers completed the two week function-based intervention procedure based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. Using both direct observation and standardized measures, results indicated that the treatment was effective in reducing childhood behavior problems, both within and between appointments (ds = 3.2 and 1.37, respectively). Overall, preliminary evidence suggests that a condensed treatment package designed to train caregivers in function-based intervention strategies is feasible, acceptable, and effective. |
|
Delivering Preschool Life Skills via Telehealth With Parents of Preschool Children |
CIARA GUNNING (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Helena Lee (National University of Ireland Galway), Jolyene Xuan Ai Leow (National University of Ireland Galway) |
Abstract: Incorporating parent training and telehealth technologies with evidence-based intervention can increase accessibility, generate more learning opportunities, and support positive outcomes. Recently, disruption of services due to the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the importance of evaluating intervention delivery via online formats. Two research projects evaluated the delivery of a parent-mediated implementation of the Preschool Life Skills program (PLS; Hanley et al., 2007) via telehealth. The PLS program is a preventive program aimed at teaching important skills to ameliorate risk factors for problem behaviour at preschool stage and set children up for success within this context. Four parents completed the parent PLS program with their neurotypical children (5 males, aged 3-5 years) and four parents completed the program with their children with diagnoses of autism spectrum disorder (ASD, 4 males, aged 3-5 years). Parents were taught to deliver the PLS program at home via behavioural skills training within weekly video conferencing sessions. Results indicated increases in children’s preschool life skills and parental use of teaching strategies, decreases in children’s behavioural difficulties, and positive social validity outcomes. The findings of this research are important in informing future research and development of parent training via telehealth and adaptation of interventions across contexts and populations. |
|
An Extension of "Balance": A Parent-Implemented Problem Behavior Prevention Program Implemented via Telehealth |
KARA LACROIX (Western New England University; TACT, LLC; FTF Behavioral Consulting), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University; FTF Behavioral Consulting), Alexandra Beckwith (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Shana Rodriguez (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Kelsey Ruppel (FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: The American Academy of Pediatrics (2014) recommends individuals with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) receive applied behavior analysis (ABA) services as soon as they are diagnosed. Ruppel et al. (2021) demonstrated that a parent-implemented problem behavior prevention program, Balance, was effective in reducing problem behavior and increasing social, communication, and cooperation skills in all four participants under the age of six. Access to effective intervention, like Balance, is critical, but waitlists for early intervention services can be long or the individual may reside in an area where ABA services are not readily available (Antezana et al., 2017). In these instances, the use of telehealth may be useful for supporting caregivers as they implement behavior-change programs. This study evaluated the effects of Balance implemented via telehealth using a multiple baseline design nested within a randomized control trial with children aged three and six years. Preliminary results indicate that emerging problem behavior remained high and skills were not acquired for the children randomly assigned to the control group (i.e., delayed intervention). By contrast, children in the test group who received immediate intervention engaged in zero to low levels of problem behavior and social and communication skills were high. Strategies for supporting caregivers attempting to prevent the development of problem behavior via telehealth will be discussed. |
|
Teaching Protective Skills Toward Addressing Risk Factors Associated with Emerging Problem Behavior |
JAVID RAHAMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Teaching individuals to tolerate times when preferred toys, materials, and social interactions are delayed or unavailable is essential in preparing them to manage everyday challenging situations. Ruppel et al. (2021) demonstrated the efficacy of an approach to teach children who exhibited deficits in communication and tolerance of delays and denials to reinforcement. Their approach could protect individuals from emerging problem behavior toward the same goals as other prevention programs (e.g., Preschool Life Skills, Hanley et al., 2007). However, a potential limitation of Ruppel et al.’s approach is the omission of diverse situations (risk factors) shown to influence problem behavior based on the assessment and treatment literature (Hanley et al., 2014; Slaton & Hanley, 2018). The primary aim of this study was to systematically extend Ruppel et al. by including primary challenging situations and risk factor (generalization) tests that expand the application of protective skills. Four children were taught protective skills using a multiple probe design across primary challenging situations. Risk factor tests were evaluated following the acquisition of all protective skills. Results indicated that acquiring the target skills protected children from a variety of challenging situations and risk factors. Moreover, children were protected from situations mediated by caregivers. |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovations to Increase Efficiency of Skill Acquisition Programming |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Maria Clara Cordeiro (Marquette University) |
Discussant: Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Maria Clara Cordeiro, M.A. |
Abstract: The current symposium includes four investigations in which a range of skills were taught to learners with developmental delays that demonstrate technological advances in skill acquisition programming. The first presenter will show findings for participants who learned novel noun-verb combinations via graphical interchange format (GIF) images in a matrix training arrangement. The second presenter will present data demonstrating sight words taught in groups with less similarities (i.e., higher disparity) were acquired more efficiently, suggesting that discrimination with similar stimuli (i.e., low disparity) may be more challenging to acquire. The third presenter will present data for participants who acquired responses for both tact and auditory visual discriminations (AVCD) more efficiently when a mastery criterion was applied to individual targets rather than stimuli organized into sets. The final presenter will show participants acquired responses more efficiently under a constant mastery criterion and that responses under a descending mastery criterion maintained with higher accuracy. These findings demonstrate innovative refinements to skill acquisition programming to teach a variety of skills. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): efficiency, mastery criterion, matrix training, skill acquisition |
Target Audience: Professionals and researchers in behavior analysis. Prerequisite skills include familiarity with skill acquisition programming for individuals with developmental delays and knowledge of behavioral principles. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe how to use GIF’s to teach verb-noun combinations via matrix training; (2) describe at least one arrangement to promote more efficient teaching using behavior analytic instruction; (3) describe ways to arrange mastery criteria in skill acquisition programs. |
|
Using Matrix Training With GIFs to Teach Noun-Verb Tacts to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
MARCUS DANIEL STRUM (University of North Texas), Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas), Ella Alvarez (University of North Texas), Araceli Luna (University of North Texas), Rachel Lai (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may require behavior-analytic instruction to acquire noun-verb tacts, and intervention may be efficient if the speaker can tact novel noun-verb combinations, which may be facilitated through matrix training. Matrix training involves teaching some combinations and assessing generalization. We arranged nouns and verbs in three matrices and included graphical interchange format (GIF) images. A GIF may be well-suited to teaching noun-verb tact combinations because the nonverbal stimulus is a dynamic image of a person or thing (i.e., a noun) engaging in a particular action (i.e., a verb). We used a multiple probe design across matrices and a constant prompt delay to teach noun-verb tacts to two children diagnosed with ASD during their center-based intervention services. Both participants could tact the nouns and verbs individually prior to the study and correct noun-verb tacts increased following training. Correct tacts of novel combinations increased in generalization probes. Following training with two matrices, one participant emitted correct noun-verb tacts without direct training. The results suggested that noun-verb tacts can be acquired with a matrix-training arrangement that included GIFs. |
|
Efficiency of Teaching Sight Words in Similar Versus Dissimilar Sets |
JENSEN CHOTTO (Louisiana State University), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Rachel Marin (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: We compared the effects of creating sets of sight words with the same starting letter (3 words per set, 3 total sets) versus distributing words with the same starting letter across sets when assessing acquisition of the combined set (9 words) in five 4-to-6-year-old children using a combined adapted alternating treatments design and pre-posttest design. All participants mastered the 3-word sets in both teaching conditions but did not master the control sets. With the exception of one 9-word set for 1 participant, all participants required teaching of the 9-word sets as a set (interspersed teaching). The total number of sessions to mastery of the 9-word sets varied across participants: two participants required substantially more sessions in the similar condition, two participants required approximately the same number of sessions in both conditions, and one participant required more sessions in the dissimilar condition. For the two participants who required substantially more teaching sessions in the similar conditions, they not only responded incorrectly more often during teaching but also made errors that suggest behavior was controlled by the first letter of the word rather the whole word. These findings are consistent with stimulus disparity research demonstrating that discrimination training is generally less efficient when comparison stimuli are similar. |
|
Comparison of Mastery Criterion Applied to Individual Targets and Stimulus Sets on Acquisition of Tacts and Listener Responses |
MARIA CLARA CORDEIRO (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Andrea Jainga (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Abigail Stoppleworth (Marquette University), Karly Zelinski (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Mastery criterion can be applied to individual targets or stimuli organized in sets. Wong et al. (2021) found that participants with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) learned to read sight words more rapidly when an individual target mastery criterion was applied. A follow-up study by Wong and Fienup (in press), replicated these findings with a more stringent mastery criterion. The current study sought to replicate and extend these findings across novel skills. In the first experiment, five children diagnosed with ASD participated in tact training. In Experiment 2, two participants with ASD were exposed to AVCD training. In both experiments, a mastery criterion applied to individual targets resulted in more rapid acquisition of both tact and AVCD targets. However, some false positives for mastery were observed in the individual target criterion condition during AVCD training. The current findings suggest a mastery criterion applied to individual targets produces more efficient tact and AVCD training, but false positives for mastery should be considered when selecting a criterion for service delivery. Maintenance was undifferentiated across conditions and experiments, replicating findings from Wong and Fienup. |
|
The Effects of Constant and Changing Criterion-Level Frequencies on Skill Acquisition Outcomes |
ANNA BUDD (The Graduate Center, CUNY), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Higher levels of performance during skill acquisition predict higher levels of response maintenance, but less is known about how many observations of high levels of performance are needed to produce this effect of criterion levels. Across two experiments, we analyzed multiple criterion-level frequency values, or the number of observations of criterion-level performance during teaching. In Experiment 1, we taught children with disabilities target skills to 90% accuracy using constant criterion-level frequencies: one day versus three consecutive days. Across three participants and five comparisons, participants required fewer sessions to meet the terminal acquisition performance criterion when the frequency value was set to one and response maintenance outcomes were comparable between conditions. However, we observed a large drop in accuracy in the 1-Day condition when fading prompts. This was addressed in Experiment 2. In Experiment 2, we compared the constant criterion of one session to a descending criterion that required three consecutive days in the initial teaching phase followed by one day in subsequent phases. Additionally, Experiment 2 investigated if the constant (1-Day) and descending criterion had a varied effect on generalization, accuracy in responding when the prompt was faded. We were able to determine that the descending criterion condition mitigated the drop in accuracy when the prompt was faded. We replicated the 1-Day condition efficiency and effectiveness outcomes in Experiment 2. We did not find the 1-Day nor the Descending criterion to be effective in producing generalization. |
|
|
|
|
|
Strategies for Teaching Play Skills and Appropriate Social Behaviors to Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Anna Osos (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Sharon A. Reeve, M.A. |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders often have marked deficits in social communication and social interaction skills. Additionally, some children with autism do not naturally develop play skills. This symposium includes three applied research presentations related to teaching play skills and appropriate social behaviors to children with autism and one literature review presentation of behavior analytic procedures for teaching play to children with autism. One applied research presentation examined the effects of a caregiver-implemented digital activity schedule with virtual coaching on independent play behaviors of children with autism. The second applied research presentation evaluated a treatment package including multiple exemplar training to teach pretend play skills to toddlers with autism. The third applied research presentation examined the establishing honesty and teaching alternative behaviors on transgressions and lying for two young children with and without autism. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): activity schedules, multiple exemplar, play skills, social skills |
Target Audience: Researchers and practicioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Summarize the main findings from a literature review of the behavior analytic procedures for teaching play to this population will be reviewed and discussed, (2) Name and define activity schedules, (3) Name and define multiple exemplar training as a strategy to teach pretend play skills, (4) Name and define at least two strategies for teaching play skills, and (4) Name and define transgressions and lying. |
|
Caregiver-Implemented Digital Activity Schedule With Virtual Coaching |
JULIANA AGUILAR (Utah State University), Sara Peck (USU), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), Kassidy Reinert (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Abstract: During the COVID-19 pandemic, many insurance companies approved the funding of telehealth-based behavior analytic services for both training and direct-care purposes. Activity Schedules are a simple and effective intervention that can be used in the home environment to improve independence for children with ASD. Recent efforts have shifted the format of activity schedules from paper-based schedules to digital platforms that make the schedules more portable and provide easier access for both the caregiver and the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). Google is a readily available web-based platform that has been used to design and deliver behavior analytic instruction during the COVID-19 pandemic. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a caregiverimplemented digital activity schedule intervention on the independent play behaviors of children with ASD. The activity schedule was created and shared on the Google Slides platform and caregivers received telehealth-based coaching from practitioners to implement the intervention. Preliminary results demonstrated the effectiveness of the digital platform and coaching intervention were effective in increasing independent schedule following. We hope that the results of this study provide BCBAs with additional guidance on effective interventions and procedures for remote service delivery. |
|
Teaching Pretend Play |
LAURA WILHELM (The New England Center for Children: Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children: Western New England University) |
Abstract: Pretend play is a social skill that emerges early in typically developing children and has been
shown to be an important contributor to the development of a child’s social and language skills
(MacDonald et al., 2005, 2009). Unlike typically developing children, children with autism often
exhibit persistent deficits in social communication and social interaction across multiple
contexts, in addition to engaging in restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior, interests, or
activities. This study evaluated in-vivo modeling, least-to-most prompting, and multiple
exemplar training on the quality of pretend play skills with three toddlers diagnosed with an
autism spectrum disorder. The toddler participants observed their teachers model a play scenario,
then had an opportunity to complete the scenario independently, and the teachers used least-to-most
prompting. Each participant was taught nine play scenarios, three scenarios per play theme
(e.g., firefighter, chef, and doctor play themes). Test probes were systematically conducted
throughout to determine whether generalization within and across play sets had occurred.
Interobserver agreement (IOA) was scored for a minimum of 33% of sessions with 90% or
higher agreement. Preliminary results of this study indicate an increase in scripted and pretend
play following training. |
|
Teaching Play Skills: Review of the Literature |
ELIZABETH MESHES (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology at Los Angeles), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), Angela M. Persicke (Pepperdine University), Emma Isabel Moon (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Play engagement is highly correlated with educational, physical, and socio-emotional success. Some autistic children do not naturally engage in play, and this may serve as a barrier in advancement in other areas as well as be socially stigmatizing. Behavior analysis has been effective in teaching various forms of play using a range of interventions. An overview of the behavior analytic procedures for teaching play to this population will be reviewed and discussed. |
|
Establishing Honesty and Minimizing Transgressions With Young Children |
ROBERT K. LEHARDY (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Maya Fallon (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: From ages 2-4, children learn to transgress by touching or taking items without permission and how to tell simple lies to avoid discipline (Wilson et al., 2003). Through age 7, children learn to lie more convincingly (Lee, 2013) and by age 11 learn to maintain their lies despite adult’s attempts to uncover them (Talwar et al., 2007). If one’s transgressions and lies are not addressed, existing peer or familial relationships may be damaged and forming future relationships may be disrupted. We evaluated a treatment package composed of rules (Blakely and Schlinger, 1987) and reinforcement for do-say correspondence (Sauter et al., 2020) to increase honest reports for one 6-year-old child without and one 7-year-old child with autism, both of whom were reported to transgress and lie. After establishing honesty, we then taught children self-control behaviors they could do instead of transgressing. Functional control over increased honesty was demonstrated using a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across children and control over reducing transgressions was demonstrated using a reversal design. The results support practitioners using the intervention to first teach children how to be honest and then teach children alternative behaviors they may do instead of transgressing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Shifting Organizational Intervention Philosophy: Integrating Skills Based Training Into Organizational Practices |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sara White (Sendan Center) |
Discussant: Sara White (Sendan Center) |
CE Instructor: Sara White, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In October 2019 several of the Behavior Analysts from Sendan Center attended a training on Skills Based Treatment. Following that presentation and through significant management team discussion, the decision was made to begin company wide implementation of this methodology starting with a small number of clients under the supervision of each Behavior Analyst. Over the course of the year Sendan has shifted to using Skills Based Treatment as our primary means of intervention for all clients with severe behavior issues, including several within local school districts. This symposium will cover several case studies, including that of the first client within our organization to shift to Skills Based Treatment and one for whom we have implemented a blended program with some more structured programming integrated with specific Skills Based Treatment work periods. Presentations will also include an analysis of company wide data on the reduction of holds, restraints and isolation and perspectives from school district partners on the value of implementation of Skills Based Treatment in the school setting. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): ethical treatment, organizational change, SBT |
Target Audience: Intermediate - familiarity with basic principles and the process of implementation of Skills Based Treatment |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1. Describe advantages of implementation of Skills Based Treatment
2. Describe institutional benefits in organizational implementation of Skills Based Treatment
3. Describe potential barriers to organizational implementation of Skills Based Treatment |
|
Client Zero: The Success Story That Sparked an Organizational Shift |
HILLARY LANEY (Centria) |
Abstract: Shifting organizational practice to be more comprehensive, compassionate, and effective is a necessary undertaking that requires grit, determination, passion, and convincing data. The literature supporting the use of Practical Functional Analysis and Skills-Based Treatment (PFA/SBT) to treat severe problem behavior shows it can be effective and generalizable. Client Zero was the first client within our region and agency to access the efficacy of PFA/SBT. His outcomes sparked the initiatives which fundamentally shifted our organization and therefore our region. Client Zero began his treatment in October 2019 in his school placement and November 2019 in his home environment. The utilization of the SBT process opened pathways previously thought to be inaccessible to this client due to the severity and complexity of his behavioral profile. We will demonstrate the overall outcomes from his treatment plus maintenance and generalization data spanning 18 months across multiple contexts and people who support him. The demonstrated outcomes influenced agency-wide implementation as well as the consultation models utilized to support local school districts. This model of behavioral intervention has increased successful outcomes across a vast array of contexts and implementers in our region. Client Zero paved the way for this shift to occur regionally. |
|
How Teaching from Joy is Igniting Revolutionary Outcomes: Changing Student Trajectories in Public Schools |
BETH NELSON (Bellingham School District) |
Abstract: Inspired by one teacher who said “I need your help. We need to do something different.” The search for “something different” led us to Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skills-Based Treatment (SBT). Inspired by one, we are now on a path to shift the long-term outcomes for an increasing number of students with severe problem behavior. The shift to implementation of SBT is resulting in socially valid, measurable gains for an increasing number of students. Functional outcomes include decreases in contextually inappropriate behaviors and, as a result, decreases in the use of restraint and isolation to maintain safety as well as decreases in staff injuries and the need to teach in isolated settings for staff and student safety. Multiple case studies document increased engagement in instructional activities, increased participation in group settings, increased attendance, and increased time in general education. The session will include a review of the barriers to implementation and the activities and structures that resulted in successful implementation over a 2-year period. Case studies include several different applications of school-based implementation with successful outcomes, including partial and full-day implementation spanning grade levels and examples of differentiation based on environmental context and student performance. |
|
Reduction of The Use of Holds, Restraints and Isolations Through Implementation of Skills Based Treatment |
SARA WHITE (Sendan Center), Aneesa Shaikh (Sendan Center) |
Abstract: Maintaining client and staff safety when working with clients who exhibit severe problem behavior has remained a paramount concern in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Literature has identified that the Practical Functional Assessment and Skills Based Treatment (PFA/SBT) approaches are effective in significantly reducing rates of problem behavior. This presentation sought to evaluate the relative frequency of aggression toward staff, restraint, and isolation before and after implementing Skills Based Treatment on an organizational level where clinically indicated. A review of company-wide Critical Incident Report data was conducted to determine the frequency of these incidents during the year prior to the organizational shift to SBT, as well as in the year following the shift to SBT. The presenters hypothesized that there would be a considerable decrease in the frequency of aggression, restraint, and isolation following the implementation of SBT with clients exhibiting severe problem behaviors. Preliminary data analysis supported this hypothesis. |
|
What if Skills Based Treatment Isn't Exactly Working: Evolution of a Hybrid Applied Behavior Analysis Programming for a Client That Includes a Structured Schedule and Skills-Based Treatment |
HAILEY BABIN (Sendan Center) |
Abstract: This case study will examine a client who's services began approximately one year into the organization implementation of Skills Based Treatment. Given the severity of his behavioral profile and his lack compliance with virtually all adult directions his program initially consisted of full sessions of Skills Based Treatment. However, the client continued to have frequent episodes of extended non-compliance and tantrums. During a session in which the client was completing an assessment it was observed that his behavior appeared be decreased when he had increased periods of structure. As such, it was hypothesized that increasing periods of structure would contribute to the client's ability to remain happy, relaxed and engaged. A shift was then made in his programming to intersperse structured activities with periods of Skills Based Treatment trials. In doing so, not only did progress improve for the Skills Based Treatment branches that were implemented, but there was also a significant decrease in problematic behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in Assessment, Treatment, and Outcomes for Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Fabiola Vargas Londono (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Fabiola Vargas Londono, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Challenging behaviors (CB) in individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities can have serious deleterious consequences on the individual’s health, social interaction, and quality of life (e.g., Emerson & Einfeld, 2011). Therefore, research must continue to evaluate the efficacy and reliability of applied behavior analysis (ABA) interventions on reducing levels of CB in this population. This symposium consists of four presentations, followed by comments from Dr. Nathan Call. The first two talks examine the effectiveness and consistency of Functional Analysis. Holehan and colleagues examine isolated versus synthesized contingencies in functional analyses of precursor and target CB. Deshais and colleagues evaluate the sensitivity to environmental events and response allocation of CB on a longitudinal functional analysis of young children with autism. Follow by the evaluation of reinforcement durations in treatment of escape maintain CB. Kastner and colleagues compare fixed and incrementing reinforcement durations during task chaining in children with autism and CB. Last, Nuhu and colleagues evaluate the outcomes of ABA intervention through a retroactive chart review of individuals with severe CB. Overall, results will show the advances and understanding of assessment, treatment, and long-term outcomes of ABA intervention for reducing CB in individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, developmental disabilities, functional analysis, treatment outcome |
Target Audience: The individual should have previous knowledge on:
Functional Analysis
Schedule of reinforcement
Single-case design
Establishing operation
Functional Communication Training
Extiction |
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the difference between using isolated versus synthesized contingencies during a Functional Analysis of precursor and target challenging behavior.
2. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to explain fixed reinforcement duration during task chaining for treatment of escape maintain problem behavior.
3. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to list behavior analytic interventions used to reduce challenging behavior in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder and other related developmental disabilities. |
|
Further Examination of Isolated Versus Combined Contingencies in Functional Analyses |
KATHLEEN HOLEHAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Marissa E. Kamlowsky (The University of Kansas), Ky Clifton Kanaman (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: A major challenge of functional analysis (FA) methodology is the safety and efficiency of FAs (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). Therefore, researchers have proposed procedural and methodological refinements to FAs. A recent methodological refinement involves synthesized (i.e., combined) contingency analyses (SCAs; Hanley et al., 2014). We replicated and extended Holehan et al. (2020) by comparing the outcome of isolated versus synthesized contingencies in functional analyses of precursor and target problem behavior while using a reversal design to replicate effects, as well as to analyze potential iatrogenic effects (Retzlaff et al., 2020) for four young children. In addition, we examined within-session analyses of FA data to assess under what context precursor behavior or target problem behavior occurred (i.e., establishing operation on, establishing operation off) for isolated and synthesized contingencies. Next, we extended Tsami and Lerman (2019) by evaluating the extent to which FCT+EXT under synthesized contingencies generalized to the isolated contingencies shown to maintain precursor or target problem behavior for participants from Study 1. Results showed synthesized contingencies were not necessary to show functional relations between precursor or target problem behavior and environmental events for three of four participants. Additionally, intervention results showed synthesized FCRs did not generalize to all isolated variables. |
|
Longitudinal Functional Analyses With Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Pilot Investigation |
MEGHAN DESHAIS (Rutgers University), Eliana M. Pizarro (Our Lady of the Lake Children's Health Pediatric Development & Therapy Center), Brandon C. Perez (Trinity Christian College), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: A primary focus of the clinical treatment of young children with ASD is reducing problem behavior and increasing appropriate behavior. Longitudinal analysis of these responses in this population has not yet been accomplished. The goal of the current study was to pilot a method for conducting FAs on a longitudinal basis using an experimental arrangement consistent with ethical guidelines. More specifically, we sought to evaluate sensitivity to common environmental events and response allocation to problem or appropriate behavior over time in young children with ASD. To do so, we conducted trial-based FAs every 6-8 weeks with nine children diagnosed with ASD receiving early intervention services at a community-based clinic. Our proposed solution to the ethical concerns posed by conducting repeated FAs was to reinforce the first instance of either problem behavior or appropriate behavior during trial-based FAs. Findings and clinical implications will be discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Fixed and Incrementing Reinforcement Durations During Task Chaining for Individuals With Escape Maintained Problem Behavior |
KENDALL MAE KASTNER (Marquette University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Margaret Rachel Gifford (Louisiana State University Shreveport) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of compliance (DRC), a common treatment for escape-maintained problem behavior, is typically initiated by reinforcing compliance on a dense schedule. The schedule of reinforcement for compliance is then progressively leaned via task chaining such that the individual is required to complete more work overtime, up to some socially acceptable terminal goal, before earning a break and access to reinforcement. Two variations of this procedure appear in the literature but have not been directly compared. One variation involves maintaining a fixed reinforcement duration as the work requirements increase; the other involves increasing the reinforcement duration incrementally, coinciding with increases in work requirements. The current study compared these procedures with three children with intellectual and developmental disabilities who exhibited problem behavior maintained by escape from instruction. Task chaining evoked less problem behavior when reinforcement durations increased incrementally for all three participants. These reductions in problem behavior allowed more rapid progress toward terminal goals. |
|
Comprehensive Evaluation of an Intensive Outpatient Program for Challenging Behavior |
NADRAT NUHU (Emory University), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center), Alec M Bernstein (Emory University School of Medicine and Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic interventions have substantial evidence supporting their use in reducing challenging behavior exhibited by children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder and other related developmental disabilities. However, these studies often have relatively small sample sizes primarily consisting of younger children. In addition, research studies typically provide limited characterization data on participants. To date, few studies have provided large scale data on the impacts of behavior analytic interventions on addressing treatment resistant severe challenging behavior exhibited by older children. The purpose of the current study was to conduct a case review of patients seen in an intensive outpatient program over five years. The current study examined participant characterization data (e.g., adaptive functioning, cognitive functioning), indirect data (e.g., Behavior Problem Index) and direct observational data from treatment evaluations to assess the overall effectiveness of the treatment program. The clinical implications of study findings and the importance of participant characterization data will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Sustainability Action to Research |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jonathan W. Kimball (Behavior Development Solutions) |
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Climate change is a problem that is growing exponentially and is already changing life as we know it. Influencing Pro-environmental behavior (PEB) has concerned behavior analysts for decades, and research on the topic of sustainability has increased in recent years. In this symposium, three presentations will describe a different intervention package that targeted, respectively, littering, fuel economy, and diversion of food waste; these packages employed tactics such as feedback, public posting, and social norms. The fourth will present the experience of the Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis in "gamifying" its annual conferences-both live-and virtual- in order to promote a variety of PEB both within and beyond its event. Each presenter is a clinician whose project grew from their personal values and efforts to act locally in response to a global problem; notably, two of the projects were supported by a Behavior Change For A Sustainable World research award from the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy. In addition to sharing their findings, then, presenters will discuss opportunities and barriers for securing support of research involving PEB, the importance to their efforts of community-based collaboration, and ideas for expansion and replication |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): climate change, proenvironmental behavior, sustainability |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to identify opportunities for support and collaboration in conducting sustainability research. Participants will be able to identify research design and measurement tools for sustainability related problem. Participants will be able to identify opportunities and methods for broadening the scope, settings, and scale of sustainability interventions. |
|
The Differential Effects of Feedback and Prompting on Waste Reduction Through School-Wide Composting |
MOLLY BENSON (Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy), Jonathan W. Kimball (Behavior Development Solutions) |
Abstract: Food waste that ends up in landfills contributes directly to climate change when it decomposes into greenhouse gases. Composting is one means of diverting food waste from landfills, but in terms of empirical study it is something that has received negligible direct attention from behavior analysts. We conducted this study of waste diversion—expressed as percentage by weight of trash not sent to a landfill—in the cafeteria of a suburban high school; using a reversal design to compare the results of prompting to those of feedback, and subsequently to assess any differential impact of feedback added to prompting. Schools don’t uniformly compost, though they remain the biggest municipal waste producers in the city, second to the local hospital. The results were presented to City Council as a basis for their consideration of whether and how to expand diversion efforts in 7 additional schools. Grants were awarded to defer costs, and High School Life Skills Program managed composting and research to reduce effort, and as part of a rigorous vocational training and life skills curriculum. |
|
An Examination of the Differential Impacts of Signage and Response Effort on Litter Reduction on a Public Bike Path |
KAITLYN ARNOLD (Vivant Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Litter that is left unattended degrades releasing chemicals that can pollute the soil, seep into our freshwater sources and even pollute the air. This pollution contributes directly to climate change by the emission of greenhouse gases. One low-cost strategy to reduce litter is through social norms to influence pro-environmental behavior. Another method that has received attention by behavior analysts is the manipulation of response effort. This is a study of litter reduction on a local 3-mile bike trail, using a reversal design to compare the results of signage and availability of plastic bags to assess any differential impact of including a means for carrying out trash of the trail. The results will be presented to the City’s Environmental Compliance Division as a basis for their consideration whether and how to expand the program to other bike and walking trails throughout the city. |
|
The Use of an Onboard Diagnostic Device to Provide Feedback on Driving Behaviors Related to Fuel Economy |
BRIAN JADRO (ABAeCARE) |
Abstract: Despite the link between greenhouse gases and climate change, drivers in the United States continue to operate vehicles that consume more fuel per mile and emit higher levels of greenhouse gases than the vehicles driven in other developed nations. Intervention packages that include feedback and goal setting are common in behavior analytic research, specifically in the Organizational Behavior Management literature, but are also used to establish and maintain sustainable human behaviors such as recycling and energy reduction. The current study examined the effects of a treatment package utilizing feedback and goal setting to increase fuel economy in three participants who drove a minimum of 15 consecutive miles at least once per day. Feedback regarding average miles per gallon (MPG), moment-to-moment MPG, and MPG in relation to the participants’ goal were provided by the Scangauge-eTM, a small onboard diagnostic-2 device that connects to the vehicles’ electronic control unit and mounted within the car. Results indicated that treatment effects were noticeable in 2 of the 3 participants for increasing overall MPG. |
|
Gamifying a Conference to Promote Environmental Sustainability |
NICOLE M. POWELL (National Youth Advocate Program) |
Abstract: Human behavior must change in order to respond to a warming climate. Unfortunately, climate change often does not effectively motivate change because, apart from extreme weather, its effects are diffuse, delayed, and indeterminate. What if uncertainty itself could induce us to act on behalf of the future? What if the indiscriminable contingencies of games of chance could help promote pro-environmental behavior (PEB) in congregate settings?
Conferences provide an ideal setting for exploring these ideas. In 2020, the Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis was the first chapter to gamify an annual live conference; in 2021 we gamified our virtual event. In a game called ConClue, attendees earned points when they were "caught being green," such as bringing reusable cups, selecting sustainable food, or demonstrating behavior outside the event such as evidence of activism or use of public transit. We awarded a variety of prizes to winners who were selected throughout the event by using drawings and spinners; under the contingencies of the game, the chances of producing reinforcement were increased by engaging in PEB with greater frequency and variety. This talk will share the positive experiences of the Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis, in terms of lessons learned and future directions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Creating Action Circles to Advance the Use of Evidence-Based Practices |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Elizabeth Virginia Krulder (California ABA; Values to Action) |
CE Instructor: Anthony Biglan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In recent years, behavior analysts have increasingly been concerned to extend the application of behavior analysis to problems that have traditionally not gotten as much attention as they deserve, given their deleterious impact on human well-being. This symposium consists of a set of presentations that describe how Action Circles can be used to foster the dissemination of evidence-based practices. Over the past two years, members of Values to Action, a nonprofit organization that was created to further the evolution of nurturing practices, have organized multiple Action Circles. An Action Circle Consists of 6 to 10 people who agree to work over a limited time-- 2 to 3 months-- to produce a product that will contribute to the solution of a specific problem. This symposium will present descriptions of the results of action circles working on the following problems: (a) the reform of juvenile justice; (b) reducing disparities in reading proficiency; (c) getting behavioral health services integrated into hospitals and clinics; (d) advocating for an increase in funding for research on reducing greenhouse gas emissions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: People who are trained in behavior analysis. Specifically, people who are BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to
1. Describe how action circles are organized to achieve specific objectives
2. Describe: the key features for reforming criminal justice, a strategy for reducing disparities in reading proficiency, a strategy for getting BCBA's placed in hospitals and healthcare clinics, the deficiencies in federal support for research on reducing greenhouse gas emissions.
3. Describe the Values to Action model for using action circles the widely disseminated evidence-based practices. |
|
The Design of Action Circles to Reduce Disparities in Reading Proficiency |
(Service Delivery) |
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute; Values to Action) |
Abstract: Children who are not proficient in reading by fourth grade are unlikely to ever become proficient readers. This makes it likely that they will fail academically and become consigned to low-paying jobs and lifelong poverty. Yet currently in the United States 52% of black children and 45% of Hispanic children lack basic skills in reading by fourth grade. Only 19% of Native American children are proficient in reading. This presentation will report on the design of a strategy that was developed by an Action Circle created by Values to Action. The strategy calls for the creation of local action circles in disadvantaged communities to reduce disparities in reading skill. These action circles will begin by organizing community support for a comprehensive effort to improve reading skill. Teachers who aspire to improve the reading skill of their students will be assisted in strengthening their instructional approach. At the same time, parents and local community organizations will be encouraged to test the proficiency of children in kindergarten and first grade and to provide supplemental instruction in reading using one of two well-established aids to instruction: the computerized system Funnix and the book, Teach Your Child to Read in a Hundred Easy Lessons. |
|
Action Circles to Address the Problem of Climate Change |
(Applied Research) |
KYLEE DRUGAN-EPPICH (Insight Behavior Partnership, LLC) |
Abstract: Climate change is a problem of human behavior. While comprehensive community-based initiatives are currently taking place to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, experimental evaluations of such initiatives do not exist. The climate change Action Circle, organized through Values to Action, has focused on investigating how much behavioral research has been done to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and begin advocacy for more federal funding for such research. Recent analyses have shown that the majority of studies aiming to curb the climate crisis involve the development of technologies (i.e. to measure and predict the changing climate). Consequently, our analyses have revealed an appalling lack of funding for behavioral science research that could reduce greenhouse gas emissions. This presentation will summarize the findings of the most recent reviews of behavioral research and its federal funding, as well as describe the current steps being taken by the action circle to continue addressing climate change from a behavior analytic perspective. |
|
An Action Circle Guide to Reforming Juvenile Justice |
(Service Delivery) |
JULIANNE DICOCCO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology/ Union School District) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe the development of a guide to reforming the juvenile justice system in communities. Such reforms are vital to reducing the school to prison pipeline that harms the lives of many Black and Hispanic children. The guide was created by an Action Circle composed of members of Values to Action. The guide reviews the evidence on the high cost of incarcerating juveniles, the iatrogenic effects of traditional approaches to juvenile offenders, and the availability of more effective and less punitive approaches to reducing recidivism. But more than that, the guide makes the case for investing more in the prevention of offending. There are at least three types of programs that can prevent delinquency: family interventions, school programs, and community programs that engage youth in activities that promote prosocial behavior. Our guide to preventing juvenile delinquency was developed with the hope that communities and organizations will use this as a tool to begin addressing the issue in localized action circles in various geographic regions across the United States. Our next step will be to assist local communities in creating local action circles to promote the reforms that our guide calls for. |
|
An Action Circle to Increase the Availability of Behavior Analysts in Healthcare Settings |
(Service Delivery) |
TONI ROSE AGANA (Caldwell University; Values to Action) |
Abstract: Accessing quality healthcare is imperative for every individual’s health status, quality of life, and life expectancy. However, individuals with developmental and intellectual disabilities may have medical fears and phobias compared to their typically developing peers. These fears and phobias are typically demonstrated by increased emotional reactions and avoidance behavior in the presence of healthcare providers in the healthcare setting. Emitting these behaviors poses difficulties for receiving quality healthcare services (e.g., routine-check-ups, dental cleaning). An Action Circle was created to devise a solution to increase behavioral services in the healthcare system. This presentation will discuss the following: (1) empirical evidence of behavioral strategies with proven benefit, (2) how applied behavior analysis (ABA) has successfully been integrated into medical practice, and (3) policies that can be implemented to expand ABA practices to improve healthcare delivery to individuals with developmental and intellectual disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Use of Response Prompting Procedures with Students Who Are Deafblind |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 251 |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: MaryAnn Demchak (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Robert C. Pennington (University of North Carolina-Charlotte) |
CE Instructor: MaryAnn Demchak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Intervention research targeting students with impairments in both vision and hearing is limited. Ferrell et al. (2014) concluded that there is a "dire need" for research to improve educational practices for this population. Systematic instruction comprised of attention cues, response prompting, reinforcement, and corrective feedback is recommended for teaching various skills to this population. However, there is little current, well-developed research that meets requirements of quality research as specified by the What Works Clearinghouse (2020). The system of least prompts (Shepley et al., 2019), comprised of a prompting hierarchy, and constant time delay (Browder et al., 2009) are methods of systematically fading prompts that are well-researched with other populations (e.g., intellectual disabilities, autism). However, there is no current research demonstrating the effectiveness of these response prompting procedures with students who are deafblind. This session contributes to the evidence for the efficacy of these procedures with students who are deafblind. Four studies will be presented; two using the system of least prompts and one using constant time delay. The final study is a national survey of federally-funded providers in the state deafblind technical assistant project network, with the aim of gauging their use and knowledge of the system of least prompts. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Practicing BCBAs, researchers, graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) the need for experimental intervention research to inform instruction of students with impairments in both vision and hearing; (2) identify the components of the system of least prompts and applying them to students who are deafblind; (3) identify the components of constant time delay and apply them to teaching students who are deafblind. |
|
An Evaluation of the System of Least Prompts for Symbol Acquisition for Students With Deafblindness |
CHEVONNE SUTTER (University of Nevada, Reno), MaryAnn Demchak (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the system of least prompts, consisting of a prompt hierarchy comprised of touch, partial physical, and full physical prompts, to teach tangible symbols for preferred activities to three children with complex support needs and multiple disabilities, including deafblindness. A multiple probe design across three symbols and replicated across participants was used to evaluate the response prompting procedure for skill acquisition. Intervention sessions were conducted in the children’s typical home or school settings. The system of least prompts resulted in increased skills for participants. Although there were mixed results overall, all three children increased their independent use of tactile symbols. Two participants increased symbol use for all symbols. The third increased use of one symbol. There was a functional relation between the systems of least prompts intervention package and symbol use for two of three children. This study extends the recent body of research on the system of least prompts to include individuals with deafblindness and grows the limited research-base in the field of deafblindness. |
|
Using the System of Least Prompts to Teach Self-Help Skills to Students Who Are Deafblind |
Jill Grattan (University of Nevada, Reno), MARYANN DEMCHAK (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: To date, few evidence-based practices (e.g., in orientation and mobility, communication, literacy) have been identified for working with students who are deafblind (Ferrell, Bruce, & Luckner, 2014). No evidence-based practices have been identified for teaching basic self-help skills such as dressing (Ferrell et al., 2014; Parker, Davidson, & Banda, 2007). The present study examined the efficacy of the system of least prompts (least-to-most prompting) to teach three functional self-help skills (i.e., hand washing, hand drying, and an entry routine) to four school-aged students with vision and hearing impairments and multiple disabilities. The participants received individualized instruction in each of their classrooms as part of ongoing classroom routines (i.e., routines in which the targeted student was not independent and required prompting). A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the system of least prompts to teach the aforementioned self-help skills. Though mastery criterion was not achieved, all participants increased the level of independence within the targeted self-help skills. Effect sizes, both PND (Range 73 to 100%) and Tau-U (Range 0.6818 to 1.0), indicated the system of least prompts was an efficacious instructional practice. |
|
Use of Constant Time Delay to Teach Sight Words to Students With Deafblindness |
MARYANN DEMCHAK (University of Nevada, Reno), Chevonne Sutter (University of Nevada, Reno), Nina McCartney (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A multiple probe design across three word sets was used to investigate constant time delay to teach reading sight words. The design was replicated across participants, including an elementary-age student with impairments in vision and hearing and a middle school-aged student with dual sensory impairments and intellectual disability. Participants were required to have documented impairments in both vision and hearing, have sufficient vision to read printed words, be involved with the federally funded state deafblind project, and be below grade level in sight word reading. The research question was: Will students who have impairments in both vision and hearing, and other disabilities, increase sight word reading when taught using constant time delay? The dependent variable was correct reading of sight words across three balanced word lists. Baseline consisted of five initial data points with an additional three data points immediately prior to intervention in the later baselines of the multiple probe design. Introduction of constant time delay resulted in immediate improvement in reading all word sets across both participants. Interobserver agreement and procedural reliability were collected for a minimum of 30% of sessions across all conditions and participants (exceeding 80%). Social validity measures contribute to the generality of the results. |
|
State Deafblind Technical Assistance Project Staffs' Reported Use and Perceived Skill of Implementing the System of Least Prompts With Students Who Are Deafblind |
CHEVONNE SUTTER (University of Nevada, Reno), MaryAnn Demchak (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This study evaluated state deafblind project technical assistance providers reported use of systematic instruction, specifically a prompting hierarchy, and whether they taught its use to families and educators of children with deafblindness. We examined providers’ perceptions about their correct implementation of prompting and accuracy of describing key components of a prompting hierarchy. In a survey of 151 possible providers, those who reported not using systematic instruction were asked to report which instructional methods they used or taught. A majority of respondents reported using systematic response prompting historically. Fewer than half reported providing assistance with the goal of increasing use by others; of this group, 78.9% rated themselves as confident or very confident that they could coach others in correct use of a prompt hierarchy. However, only one accurately answered all questions about key components of a prompt hierarchy; two others answered all questions, but one, correctly. Survey responses indicated that providers in the field of deafblindness reported focusing on child-guided instructional methods and modifications to the environment, including materials, based on child characteristics. Responses suggested systematic instruction is uncommonly and inaccurately used and providers listed few instructional methods, of any type. We discuss implications of limited use of response prompting. |
|
|
|
|
|
Synthesizing Research on the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Easterseals UCP North Carolina & Virginia) |
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysts have developed a variety of methods to successfully address problem behavior (Carr et al., 2000; Tiger et al., 2008). Although much is known about best practice in assessment and treatment of problem behavior (e.g., develop treatments based on results of functional behavior assessments, program for generalization, progress from a less to more intrusive treatment approach), many questions remain unanswered. For example, how prevalent is multiply controlled problem behavior, and how does inclusion of multiple topographies in the functional class influence the identification of multiple control? Further, although behavior analysts have amassed over 40 years’ worth of research on assessing and treating problem behavior, it is difficult to make broad statements because of the general lack of synthesis of research. For example, to what extent do the effects of interventions consisting of functional communication training generalize across settings, individuals, time, and conditions that consist of less favorable reinforcement situations than during treatment? Thus, the purpose of this symposium is to present the audience with four talks that synthesize research on the assessment and treatment of problem behavior, with topics including multiple control, caregiver involvement, generalization and maintenance, and punishment. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Caregiver involvement, Generalization, Literature review, Multiple control |
Target Audience: Audience members should be familiar with functional analysis, the functions of behavior, and common approaches to treating problem behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify issues with combining multiple topographies into a single response class during a functional analysis (2) Describe the importance of and the current state of research on functional communication training in regards to including data on maintenance and generalization (3) Describe the importance and prevalence of caregiver involvement during treatments for problem behavior (4) Discuss the state of the use of punishment in behavior-analytic treatments for problem behavior |
|
Multiply Controlled Problem Behavior: An Update on Prevalence and Response-Class Conventions in Functional Analysis |
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University), Laurn Gaskill (Ozark), Taylor Annalise Janota (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: It is best practice in the field of behavior analysis to treat problem behavior based on outcomes of a functional behavior assessment. At least some portion of problem behavior is multiply controlled, or maintained by more than one reinforcement contingency. Beavers and Iwata (2011) found that 17% of participants’ problem behavior was multiply controlled and further reported that the majority of cases of multiple control (87.5%) consisted of inclusion of multiple topographies in the functional class during functional analysis (FA), compared to 12.5% of cases of multiple control with a single response in the functional class. When behavior is multiply controlled, clinicians are faced with logistical challenges in terms of incorporating all functions into treatment. Thus, it is important to continue to investigate the prevalence of multiple control and the degree to which it may be artificially identified in FAs due to including multiple members in the functional class. We identified and coded 143 articles that conducted FAs that allowed for the assessment of multiple control. The majority (68%) of FAs in our review combined topographies in the FA, while only 18% assessed a single topography. Unlike Beavers and Iwata (2011), we found a higher prevalence of multiple control (33%). |
|
Parental Involvement in Problem Behavior Research: A Scoping Review |
Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), KISSEL JOSEPH GOLDMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Parents are often a critical element in developing treatments for the problem behavior of children. Parents implement treatment components at home, provide measurements or updates to clinicians, and decide ultimately whether to continue with treatment. Given that treatments to reduce problem behavior should be evidence-based, clinicians likely consult similar research for guidance on parent involvement. To determine recommendations and procedures clinicians are likely to encounter, studies published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) from 2009-2020 that included children as participants and the assessment and/or treatment of problem behavior as a dependent variable were reviewed. Studies were coded on child age, presence of an intellectual/developmental disability, setting, type of parent input, implications for parents, level of direct parent involvement, and social validity measures. Parent input and implications for parents were included in about 50-60% of studies. However, parent implementation, data collection, social validity, training, and data were included in fewer than 13% of studies, suggesting key parent-related variables are underrepresented in JABA. Informed by these results, considerations for parent inclusion and future areas for related research are discussed. |
|
A Systematic Review of the Use of Punishment |
KELSIE WRIGHT (McNeese State University), Jennifer Nicole Haddock (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s Professional and Ethical Compliance Code (“The Code”) for Behavior Analysts requires behavior analysts to conduct functional assessments prior to implementing behavior-reduction procedures (section 3.01) and cites four considerations for the use of punishment (section 4.08). The latter can be summarized as defaulting to and exhausting all reinforcement-based procedures before implementing punishment (except in severe cases); supplementing punishment with reinforcement; and, increasing training, supervision, oversight, and termination criteria when punishment is used. The current systematic review examined individual participant data from studies that evaluated the use of punishment for socially maintained problem behavior using within-subject designs. Twenty-seven datasets (from 25 participants in 16 studies) met inclusion criteria. Participant characteristics, topographies of problem behavior, treatment parameters, and outcomes were examined. Often, reinforcement-based procedures supplemented the use of punishment, and the most commonly reported punishment procedures included response blocking, overcorrection, contingent restraint, and timeout from positive reinforcement. The small, diverse sample precluded analysis of mediating or moderating effects of any given independent variable on outcomes. Overall, results suggest that, to date, the Code’s considerations have been inadequately modeled in the research literature. Recommendations for research and practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Translational Investigations of Resurgence and Renewal |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Carla N Martinez-Perez (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
CE Instructor: Brian D. Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Laboratory models of resurgence and renewal effects examine factors contributing to treatment relapse, which is a return of problem behavior that had been previously extinguished. Resurgence is a relapse phenomenon that occurs when a previously extinguished target response increases following a worsening of conditions for an alternative response (e.g., schedule thinning). Contrastingly, renewal occurs when a previously extinguished behavior increases following a contextual change (e.g., setting change). This symposium encompasses recent basic and translational investigations of resurgence and renewal from rodent research to humans in clinical settings and Amazon Mechanical Turk (MTurk). To start, Carla Martinez-Perez will present data collected from MTurk on increased resurgence effects with between-phases blackouts. Next, Dr. Charlene Agnew will present data from a study with rats evaluating relapse and voluntary abstinence following alcohol self-administration. After, Dr. Sarah Haney will present on the prevalence of resurgence and renewal of inappropriate mealtime behavior in a pediatric sample. Lastly, Dr. Colin Muething will present a study focusing on the retrospective analysis of within-participant relation between renewal and resurgence in a clinical sample. Dr. Brian Greer will serve as discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): relapse, renewal, resurgence |
Target Audience: The audience should have some knowledge on treatment relapse and its clinical implications. Additionally, the audience should have a basic understanding of resurgence and renewal procedures. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe recent research on laboratory models of treatment relapse (i.e., resurgence and renewal); (2) compare the different studies and their methods; (3) identify and define the differences between the resurgence and renewal procedures used across each study. |
|
Blackouts Can Serve as a Contextual Feature and Enhance Resurgence |
CARLA N MARTINEZ-PEREZ (Auburn University), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Resurgence occurs when a worsening of conditions for an alternative response (e.g., extinction) increases a previously reinforced and subsequently extinguished target response. In contrast, renewal is an increase in a response previously eliminated by extinction following a contextual change. Moreover, arranging contextual changes during resurgence tests has enhanced relapse compared with the absence of contextual changes. Several laboratory studies evaluating resurgence in humans have included interruptions of operant tasks by presenting instructions or “blackouts” immediately prior to phase changes in which reinforcement contingencies change. Such interruptions could enhance relapse during testing similarly to changes in contextual stimuli. We tested this possibility in the present study with human participants recruited via Amazon Mechanical Turk by interrupting the task across groups with 1-s blackouts every 12 s, 60 s, between phases, or by arranging no blackouts in a control group. We found that blackouts prior to phase changes increased resurgence effects relative to no blackouts, suggesting that blackouts between phases are a type of contextual manipulation serving to increase the salience of contingency changes. |
|
A Model of Relapse and Voluntary Abstinence With Alcohol Self-Administration |
CHARLENE NICOLE AGNEW (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kate Elizabeth Derrenbacker (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Excessive alcohol consumption is a prevalent health crisis in the United States (National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, NIAAA, 2021). Contingency management (CM) is an approach to treating alcohol and other substance use disorders in which reinforcement is provided for alternative behaviors to drug or alcohol consumption. Despite promising outcomes, after abstinence has been established, discontinuation of alternative, non-drug reinforcement may lead to resurgence of consumption. Though resurgence is widely studied in laboratory analyses, these studies lack face validity with respect to the CM treatment contingencies in place as abstinence from drug taking is voluntary within CM but involuntary in laboratory studies. The first goal of the present study was to determine experimental parameters for studying voluntary abstinence in rats by establishing an alcohol self-administration baseline, then giving rats the choice to respond for either alcohol or non-drug alternative reinforcers repeatedly within sessions. The second goal was to evaluate resurgence of alcohol seeking following voluntary abstinence by suspending alternative reinforcement while alcohol reinforcers remained available. In this way, we characterized relapse of alcohol seeking under the conditions of drug availability likely to be encountered in the real world by individuals experiencing CM treatment for excessive alcohol consumption. |
|
Relapse During the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
SARAH D HANEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University - Children's Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University) |
Abstract: Resurgence and renewal are treatment-relapse phenomena in which previously extinguished behavior returns after the conditions for an alternative response worsen or the context changes, respectively. Recently, researchers have evaluated the prevalence of resurgence and renewal when treating destructive behavior with functional communication training. However, resurgence of inappropriate mealtime behavior has yet to be evaluated; perhaps because treatments involve qualitatively different resurgence opportunities (e.g., increased bite presentation rate). We evaluated the prevalence of resurgence and renewal of inappropriate mealtime behavior across 25 applications of extinction-based treatments. Resurgence occurred in 41% (9/22) of applications, most often following presentation-rate increases. Renewal occurred in 52% (13/25) of applications, most often following feeder changes from therapist to caregiver. We discuss these findings in terms of their ability to inform relapse-mitigation strategies for resurgence and renewal of inappropriate mealtime behavior. |
|
Retrospective Analysis of Within-Participant Relation Between Renewal and Resurgence in a Clinical Sample |
COLIN S. MUETHING (Marcus Autism Center), Alexandra Hardee (Marcus Autism Center), Courtney Mauzy (University of Georgia), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Laura Suzanna Coleman (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Recurrence of previously extinguished problem behavior poses a threat to maintaining treatment gains both in the clinic and in generalization settings. Resurgence and renewal are both examples of recurrence phenomena that may occur independently, but little is known about their potential relationship. We conducted a retrospective chart review of 32 participants who were admitted to an intensive outpatient program to examine the relationship between the potential for resurgence when increasing the S? interval of multiple schedules of reinforcement and renewal observed during context changes. Results indicate that the likelihood of renewal was the same whether or not resurgence was observed during thinning steps of the multiple schedules. However, when resurgence was observed, the magnitude of renewal was considerably high than when resurgence was not observed (see Figure 1). These preliminary results suggest that clinicians should anticipate a considerable increase in problem behavior when there is a context change later in treatment (i.e., renewal) when resurgence is observed earlier in treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
If You Have to Rely on Coercive Practices, You Are Not a Behavior Analyst |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A |
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Adam Michael Peal (The Behavioral Education Research Initiative; The Walden Learning Collective) |
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (blast) |
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, M.A. |
Abstract: Coercive practices can be damaging for the individuals who behavior analysts serve, inflict harm on the reputation of and trust in the scientific and applied endeavors of the field, and negatively impact desired clinical and education outcomes. Despite the growing awareness among practitioners, scientists, community members, and clients to classify coercive practices as harmful and undesirable, these practices persist all too frequently in the application of behavior analysis. The persistence of coercive practices can be examined and understood from a behavior analysis perspective, and thus may be used to help practitioners develop and strengthen new skills for treatment and instruction. Basic and applied behavior analysts can offer clinical and instructional techniques based in positive reinforcement to bypass the use of coercion and instead provide methods for teaching and shaping new behavior.This symposium will discuss historical, theoretical and scientific accounts for coercion rooted in behavior analysis, methods for constructing positive alternatives to coercive parenting, the integration of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) to increase learner engagement in academic settings, and a description of a model that builds the skills of learners and practitioners in the absence of coercive practices. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): coercion, instruction, positive reinforcement, punishment |
Target Audience: Certified BCBAs and BCaBAs must be able to determine the contingencies (e.g., DRA) to develop desirable repertoires and weaken undesirable repertoires. In addition, they must have the ability to select and implement the most appropriate data collection procedures to be able to monitor the outcomes of the programming. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to select positive alternative contingencies (e.g., DRA and Thinning of reinforcement over time) instead of relying on coercive practices. 2. Participants will be able to describe and implement brief, low-effort exercises and tools focused on the core processes of ACT with both staff and consumers. 3. Participants will learn about the “Rights to Effective Education” as developed by the ABA Education Task Force in 1998. |
|
A Theoretical Conceptualization of Coercion Rooted in Behavior Science |
Abstract: Israel Goldiamond’s account of coercion, which is empirically and philosophically based in behavior science and theory, has existed in the literature for nearly 60 years. Even though such an account exists, it appears to have not been widely adopted by behavior analysis professionals when determining the degree to which coercion occurs in clinical or education settings. By analyzing behavior-environment relations using Goldiamond’s formulation of coercion, clinicians and educators may be able to achieve a better understanding of the variables that impact the degree to which coercion occurs in a variety of treatment settings. A more detailed and robust account of coercion is likely necessary for behavior analysis professionals to avoid and mitigate deleterious outcomes of coercive practices. This talk will detail Israel Goldiamond’s lesser-known formulation on degrees of coercion (and thus freedom) as well as provide examples and recommendations for clinicians and educators. |
|
Constructing Positive Alternatives to Coercive Parenting |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL) |
Abstract: The purpose of this intervention was to intervene in a situation in which given the high rate of aversive exchange between mother and child that was observed, both emotional and physical abuse were potentially probable, although not observed during sessions. The mother was an immigrant of Hispanic origin from a low socio-economic status. The child was a language delayed five-year old boy, who attended a special needs preschool in a large metropolitan area. The pre-school had a strong component of parent training. We provided this intervention at home, and it consisted of a treatment package to build positive alternatives to coercive parenting. The treatment package included prompting, modeling, training in new rules (in part using readings and quizzes), positive reinforcement, fading of instruction, thinning of reinforcement over time, and feedback over video-taped sessions. We used a multiple baseline design across three different settings: (1) Putting toys away, (2) Playing with brother, and (3) Mealtime. The results indicated that child compliance improved substantially, as did the mother’s ability to provide appropriate commands - occasions for compliant behavior, as well as changes in consequences provided by the mother (see Fig, 6). The unexpected results indicated multiple benefits, including breaking the existent coercive pattern of exchanges, and increasing reciprocal positive transactions, including physical affection (see Fig 7). The child became more compliant, the rate of aversives from the mother decreased remarkably while the rate of positive reinforcement increased, leading to a significantly altered relationship. |
|
Integrating Acceptance and Commitment Training to Increase Learners’ Willing Engagement in Academic Programming |
KENDRA B. NEWSOME (Fit Learning), Donny Newsome (Fit Learning) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have a responsibility to design interventions that are non-coercive and promote willing engagement from the individuals they serve. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is a contemporary behavioral approach that focuses on several core processes that produce psychological flexibility and valued living. Psychological flexibility can be defined as a repertoire of awareness with respect to thoughts and their functions that gives rise to adaptable and effective responses in the presence of those private events. By promoting psychological flexibility in those we serve, we can increase an individual’s engagement in a non-coercive way that accepts an individual’s history and humanity. In this presentation, Fit Learning will share the inductive process and resulting data from our journey in integrating ACT into our organization with staff and the learners we serve to create an empowering context that promotes willing engagement and assent. |
|
Developing Competent Learners and Practitioners in the Absence of Coercive Practices |
VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Competent Learner Model (CLM) implements evidenced-based practices (i.e., ABA, DI, and PT) in the absence of coercive practices with educators and parents all over the world. The CLM Standards were derived from the “Rights to Effective Education” by ABA Education Task Force in 1998. Examples of the standards for practitioners are: 1) Utilize validated curricula and instructional materials to develop learners’ missing repertoires, 2) Instructional conditions are arranged that promote the development of desirable learner social behaviors, 3) Caring and supportive interactions with learners, and 4) Educators/Parents motivate learners to participate in instructional conditions. There are four components of the Big CLM Ideas (i.e., Develop the Missing Learner Repertoires, Just Teach, Keep Learning Environments in Balance, and Keep Learning Environments in Motion by Using the CLM Tool Kit). The Practitioners are taught to formulate, deliver, and monitor the evidenced based programming via an online Teaching Machine. Once each of the 17 Units are completed, the Certified CLM Coach conducts a supportive checkout to assure that the practitioners can apply the content learned in each unit. |
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management, and Leadership: A Discussion of Definitions and Best Practice Among Three Vital Areas of Professional Emphasis in Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jacob A Sadavoy (Committed Behavior) |
Discussant: Lina M. Slim (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Jacob A Sadavoy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium brings together several important and interrelated topics in the field of behavior analysis. The first talk will discuss how supervision and organizational behavior management (OBM) overlap and address some common misunderstandings in the field. The next presentations will discuss best practice in both leadership behavior and applying supervision principles to the development of behavior analysts. The final presentation will discuss in detail how the principles of supervision, leadership, and OBM generalize outside of clinical training. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain how they can work smarter, not harder, as supervisors; (2) state at least three skills an effective leader must gain; (3) state exactly the steps they need to take to improve at least three skills. |
Learning Objectives: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
|
Individualized Supervision of Students and New Behavior Analysts in Human Services |
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center; University of Virginia) |
Abstract: This presentation will discuss best practices for training behavior analysts. Specifically, we will examine a mentorship model, where aspiring behavior analysts are trained as junior colleagues. During the formal accumulation of hours, we will discuss how to gain both the skills necessary to practice as a behavior analyst in general, but also to function in the specific role for an organization. Then, after certification we will discuss how behavior analysts can continue with the mentorship model and grow based upon their individualized goals. |
Dr. Byron Wine is the vice president of operations at the Faison Center, as well as an assistant professor at the Florida Institute of Technology and visiting assistant professor at the University of Virginia. He completed his doctoral degree from Temple University under the guidance of Drs. Saul Axelrod and Donald Hantula. Dr. Wine has published over 20 peer-reviewed publications primarily in the area of organizational behavior management. Currently, he serves on the editorial boards of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management and Behavior Analysis in Practice. |
|
The Application of Supervision Competencies in Sports, Health and Fitness |
LAURIE BONAVITA (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation; Bay Path University) |
Abstract: This presentation and discussion will examine all information presented and relate information to health, fitness, and sports performance. We will examine how supervision competencies can be trained and generalized to applications that may be considered atypical to our science. Consideration will be given to our ethical obligations in this type of supervision, and how our trainees and our science may benefit if we embrace these competencies and opportunities. |
Dr. Bonavita has worked in the field of applied behavior analysis for over 20 years. Her experience includes working in home, school, and residential settings and she has served as an expert witness on autism spectrum disorders for the Massachusetts department of children and families. Dr. Bonavita is an avid sports fan, and her love of sports has guided several research projects surrounding increasing sports performance in athletes of all ages and abilities as well as the area of health and fitness. She is currently working with her students on research projects on the topic of building culturally sensitive behavior analysts. Dr. Bonavita is the Regional Clinical Training Coordinator for Positive Behavior Supports Corporation, Massachusetts where she oversees the Student Mentor program working with staff BCBA’s to provide quality supervision for those team members enrolled in an ABA graduate programs. Dr. Bonavita also serves as an adjunct faculty member at Bay Path University. |
|
Supervision and Organizational Behavior Management: How They Interrelate and Why Distinguishing Between the Two is Important |
SHARLET RAFACZ (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Supervision in applied behavior analysis (ABA) has become more and more important to the field. This is reflected in several ways, including an increasing number of published articles on Supervision and changes to the coursework, training, and continuing education requirements for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA). However, there may be some issues with respect to conflating Supervision with Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), a commonly recognized subfield of ABA. The primary objective of this talk will be to help clarify where the two areas overlap and where they are distinct. We will begin by defining both OBM and Supervision. We will then discuss how specific elements of OBM are present in Supervision, but also how Supervision when utilized in ABA encompasses several additional components. Several examples of how this looks across different supervision roles will be presented. Why this distinction is important and how it informs course curriculum, training, and continuing education in both Supervision and OBM will then be discussed. |
Dr. Sharlet Rafacz received her Ph.D. in Psychology with an emphasis in Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) from the University of Nevada, Reno. Dr. Rafacz was an Assistant Professor at Savannah State University and is currently an Associate Professor in the Psychology Department at California State University, Fresno. She teaches undergraduate and graduate courses in learning, applied behavior analysis, research methods, ethics, health behavior, and OBM. Her research in OBM focuses on utilizing motivating operations to alter employee behavior, component analyses of performance scorecards, and on cooperation and countercontrol in organizational settings. She also conducts research on increasing healthy eating behavior by children, college students, and consumers in a variety of settings. Dr. Rafacz has published her research in several behavioral journals, including Perspectives on Behavior Science and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. She also serves on the editorial board for the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. She is the Past-President for the Organizational Behavior Management Network and has served on the California Association for Behavior Analysis Board as the Northern California Academic Liaison. |
|
Common Skills of Effective Supervisors and Great Leaders |
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Supervisors, as individuals in positions of leadership, need to be decisive, productive, dependable, and efficient at the same time of being caring and understanding. Great leaders are not born with such skills, but they do have common characteristics that are a set of skills they have gained in their lifetime. In this talk, I will discuss the core skills every great leader possesses and offer practical tips for supervisors looking to become strong leaders. |
 Dr. Kazemi is the Chief Science Officer at Behavioral Health Center of Excellence (BHCOE), where she oversees standard development, evaluation methodology, and measurement science. She is also a professor at CSUN, where she has developed and teaches undergraduate and graduate coursework in behavior analysis. She founded the M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis program in 2010 and has collaborated with the CSUN community to provide graduate students high quality supervision experiences. Her research interests involve identification of efficient, effective strategies for practical training, supervision, and leadership. She is also invested in leveraging technology (e.g., A.I., robotics, V.R) for efficient training and feedback using simulations. She has worked on several nationwide large projects (e.g., with FEMA and NASA) with a focus on effective training and behavioral outcomes. She has received several mentorship awards including the ABAI Best Mentor Award, the Outstanding Faculty Award, the Outstanding Teaching Award, and the Outstanding Service Award. She has published articles and book chapters on a variety of topics including training, staff turnover, and the use of technology in behavior analysis. She is the leading author of a handbook written for both supervisors and supervisees that is titled, Supervision and Practicum in Behavior Analysis: A Handbook for Supervisees. |
|
|
|
|
|
Demonstrating the Versatility of Behavioural Skills Training |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: J Turner (Butler) Butler Braren (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes four talks that demonstrate the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) in teaching skills to individuals in a variety of social contexts ranging from one-on-one conversations to presentations in front of an audience. Roberts will share findings of an experiment evaluating the effects of BST on conversational skills and body language of adolescents with autism. Mazza will describe the results of an experiment evaluating the effects of BST with in situ training on children and adolescent safety responses to lures during online gaming. Campanaro will present three experiments in which computer-based instruction was used to teach discrete-trial training and to teach participants to use BST to train new staff. Finally, Laske will discuss the results of an experiment evaluating the effects of BST on public speaking skills. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST |
Target Audience: Presentations during this symposium will be delivered at an intermediate instruction level. Target audience members should be able to identify the common components of behavioral skills training (i.e., instruction, model, rehearsal, feedback) to maximize learning during this symposium. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss how BST can be applied to teach individuals with ASD to engage in appropriate conversation skills (2) Describe how to design BST with in situ training procedures to teach adolescents safety responses to lures (3) Explain how computer-based instruction can be used to teach BST training procedures to staff (4) Apply BST to train public speaking behaviors to students or staff |
|
Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Adolescents With Autism How to Respond to Conversational Interest of Others |
KATRINA ROBERTS (Alpine Learning Group), Nicole Torrone (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) experience deficits in social skills and can have restricted interests. While many individuals with autism report the desire to have friendships, they also report difficulty making and maintaining friendships as they are unsure how to relate in some social contexts. We used a multiple baseline design across responses to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training on engagement in conversational exchanges around topics focused on the partner’s interests as well as appropriate body language. Both adolescent participants improved responding over baseline and social validity interviews with both participants revealed that they found the procedures worthwhile. |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Training to Keep Children and Adolescents Safe from Online Gaming Dangers |
KIRSTYN MAZZA (Hunter College; City University of New York), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Children and adolescents spend a lot of their free time engaged in online activities. One of the more prevalent online activities for this group is online gaming. While playing games online, children are possibly exposed to cyber-bullying, requests for personal information, and a variety of other predatory lures. Previous research has demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral skills training with in situ training for teaching safety responses to abduction and sexual abuse lures. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training with in situ training to teach safety responses to lures that might occur during online gaming. Our participants were two neurotypical children who regularly played online games. We taught both participants a three-component safety response that included denying the requested information, escaping the dangerous situation, and reporting the dangerous situation to an adult. We programmed for generalization of the strategy across lures by including multiple exemplars of four types of lures commonly associated with abduction but modified these lures to make them specific to requests for personal information that might be made during online gaming. Results indicated that behavioral skills training with in situ training resulted in acquisition of the three-component safety response, and that the response generalized across novel lure exemplars. |
|
Using Computer-Based Instruction to Teach Behavioral Skills Training |
ALEXANDRA MARIE CAMPANARO (May Institute), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is considered one of the most effective staff training techniques to implement a wide variety of programs; however, research has found a lack of implementation of this technique across human service settings due to a shortage of organizational time and resources. The purpose of the present study was to first teach participants a behavioral technology (i.e., DTI), and then teach the same participants how to train others to implement that same behavioral technology using BST. More specifically, in Experiment 1 we used computer-based instruction (CBI) to teach participants to implement DTI, then we evaluated the impact of CBI to teach participants to use BST to train new staff to implement DTI in Experiment 2. Finally, we evaluated generalization of the training by having three trainees from Experiments 1 and 2 use BST to train relevant staff how to implement DTI in Experiment 3. The results of the present experiments not only demonstrate the effectiveness of CBI to teach DTI and BST, but also demonstrate the generality of the BST to teach behavior therapists. |
|
Um, So, Like: The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Public Speaking Behaviors |
MATTHEW M LASKE (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Public speaking is a relevant skill for career advancement. Despite the importance of public speaking, it is the most common social phobia reported by Americans. Because of the discomfort it may cause and the potential impact on careers, identifying ways to teach effective public speaking is worthwhile. The current study sought to address this issue by using a multiple-baseline design across behaviors to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) in a Zoom environment on public speaking behaviors. BST was effective in teaching three sets of public speaking behaviors. Participants' self-ratings of effectiveness increased and reported anxiety decreased following the intervention. Additionally, external experts rated the participants as more effective speakers. Last, despite teaching public speaking behaviors participants' rate of speech disfluencies remained high throughout the study. Implications of these findings for future behavior-analytic research on public speaking will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploration of Several Practice-Oriented Training Applications |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Ruane (Melmark) |
Discussant: Amy J. Henley (Western New England University) |
CE Instructor: Amy J. Henley, M.S. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts support behavior change in many capacities, often through training procedures. Examples include training parents to implement behavior change programs; training employees in expected job performance; and training pre-service behavior analysts in defined professional expectations. The purpose of this symposium is the presentation of various practice oriented training applications. The presentations cover the following information: 1) Training parents to utilize crisis management strategies; 2) Training new supervisors in active listening, feedback, and training others; 3) Evaluating various training procedures with newly hired staff learning to secure wheelchairs in a motor vehicle; and 4) Training an interdisciplinary team professional expectations for medication management interdisciplinary meetings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Professionals with experience training |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe several training procedures used with new hires 2. Describe effective practices for feedback and supervision 3. Describe the training methods used within an interdisciplinary team |
|
Randomized Controlled Pilot Study of a Crisis Prevention Institute Training Program Designed for Parents of Children With Autism |
NICOLE ABENAIM SIMON (Lurie Center for Autism), Lisa Nowinski (Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School), Kirstin Birtwell (Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School), Ann Giauque (Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital), Carol Stamm (University of Massachusetts Chan Medical Center), Alison Tassone (Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital), Christopher J. McDougle (Lurie Center for Autism at Massachusetts General Hospital and MassGeneral Hospital for Children), Caitlin Ravichandran (Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School, McLean Hospital) |
Abstract: Aggression, self-injury, and property destruction are among the most impairing and severe behaviors in individuals with autism (Doehring et al., 2014), yet a lack of evidence-based and accessible physical management training exists for the parents managing these behaviors. This study (NCT number NCT03537261) investigated the feasibility, acceptability, safety and efficacy of a novel Crisis Prevention Institute one-day parent training (P-CPI) facilitated by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Eighty parents (90% female, 88% White, 97% high school or equivalent) of children 5-12 years old with autism and irritability were randomized to P-CPI (n=41) or waitlist control (WLC; n=39), with 60 (33 P-CPI, 27 WLC) remaining two weeks post-training. All 34 parents completing training rated the course very good or excellent overall. Relative change in safety-related event rates following training did not significantly differ between P-CPI and WLC. Change scores for parental self-efficacy, which was the primary outcome measure, parenting stress, and quality of life, also did not differ significantly. The estimated standardized effect size for parental self-efficacy was 0.25 (95% confidence interval: -0.06, 0.57), with positive effect size favoring P-CPI. Data from this pilot study support the acceptability and safety of P-CPI but do not demonstrate short-term improvement in parental self-efficacy. |
|
Increasing Supervisory Performance Skills via Group Instruction |
BRAD STEVENSON (Melmark New England), Keri Stevenson Bethune (James Madison University), Jill Harper (Melmark New England), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England), James Luiselli (Melmark New England), Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Moving into a supervisory role can be a challenging transition for professionals. Managing direct care staff involves a number of skills that are rarely taught to new supervisors. To address this, Melmark has developed a structured training program to teach supervisory skills explicitly. Titled “Supervision Series,” it uses behavioral skills training to teach targeted skills within a curriculum based on an organizational behavior management framework.
This presentation will review results from a study designed to assess the effectiveness of Supervision Series. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to evaluate its effects on increasing the supervisory skills of three staff who recently moved into their first supervisory role. Targeted dependent variables were active listening, training direct care staff on new skills, and providing feedback. Results and discussion points will be reviewed based on the final data being collected. |
|
An Evaluation of Organizational Training Processes and Performance Standards |
ALYSSA RAFTOVICH (Melmark), Nikolaos Tsolakidis (Melmark), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Lindsay McEntee (Melmark) |
Abstract: Many staff training programs focus primarily on the knowledge component of a skill, which is not optimally effective when trainees are expected to perform certain job duties (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012). Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is a procedure that is utilized to focus primarily on teaching the performance aspect of skills that an employee needs to do complete their job duties. While Behavioral Skills Training has been an effective approach to training a wide variety of skills, there is not extensive research that discusses the use of behavioral skills training with training safety skills. This study will examine whether or not the use of additional practice opportunities and the attainment of fluency has an effect on the accurate implementation of a wheelchair securement system. While behavioral skills training is shown in the literature to be effective in teaching a variety of skills, there is limited research that analyzes its application to this skill set. Due to the lack of literature, this study examines Behavioral Skills Training as means to train staff to properly secure an individual who utilizes a wheelchair during transportation. The study hopes to determine whether Behavioral Skills Training will result in a better outcome. |
|
Interdisciplinary Review Team: Training Effective Presentation Skills Across Professional Members |
JILL HARPER (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Maria Wizboski (Melmark New England), Haley Steinhauser (Melmark New England; Regis College), James Luiselli (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Behavior skills training (BST) has become a common method to establish professional competencies through instruction, modeling, rehearsal and feedback. This study examined the effects of BST on the effective presentation skills of multiple professionals within an interdisciplinary review team (IRT) using a multiple baseline design. BCBA clinicians and registered nursing staff served as participants. All participants were active members of the IRT prior to the start of the study. During baseline, unique integrity checklists were developed to assess the accuracy of presentation skills for each department. Supervisors of each department then implemented BST. During the instructional component, the rational for the IRT process was reviewed and a written description of the expectations around preparation and presentation was provided. Video models specific to preparation and presentation were then viewed. Training ended with a rehearsal session during which participants were observed preparing for and presenting a case example. Feedback was provided throughout the training process. During baseline, moderate levels of accuracy were observed across all participants. Accuracy increased across both all participants following BST. Participants and other members of the IRT completed social validity measures following the training. This study provides another example of the effectiveness of BST in the establishment of professional competencies, in this case effective presentation skills. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Camouflaged Reinforcer for Learning to Talk, Read, Write/Think |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 102B |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Presenting Authors: : R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: Research that identified how children develop verbal behavior from experience located some of the stimulus control for learning names, their functions, and their many attributes as the network of relations expand. The learned reinforcers for the sequence of verbal developmental cusps evolve into bidirectional verbal operants. One of these (i.e., Incidental Bidirectional Naming or Inc-BiN) allows children to learn language relations without instruction or the delivery of reinforcement, rather the reinforcer resides in the effects of the behavior. Once this veiled reinforcement for relating stimuli crossmodally (i.e., overarching reinforcement for parity across listening and speaking) becomes part of the child’s community of reinforcers, EXPOSURE ALONE results in the accumulation of more complex relations. Some more complex relations include incidentally learning unfamiliar stimuli relations along with learning them from exclusion, including arbitrarily applicable relations. When this cusp joins reading and writing, contact with print results in listening and writing is speaking. Recent research found that children’s difficulties with reading, writing, or computing are often traceable to the lack of, or weak, stimulus control with the lnc-BiN cusp and is fixable by addressing reinforcement stimulus control for this or a developmentally earlier cusp. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify three bidirectional operant verbal developmental cusps; (2) identify the source of reinforcement for Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc-BiN); (3) identify levels of complexity for Inc-BiN and how the complexity expands from exposure alone; (4) identify the relation of Inc-BiN to reading, writing/thinking/computing; (4) identify how Inc-BiN is complementary to derived relational responding and RFT. |
|
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Doug Greer is Professor of Psychology and Education at the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College of Columbia University. He has served on the editorial boards of 10 journals, published over 200 research and theoretical articles in more than 21 journals and is the author or coauthor of 14 books. Two of his most recent books are translated into Korean, Spanish, Chinese, and Italian. Greer has sponsored 252 doctoral dissertations, taught over 2,000 teachers and psychologists, originated the CABAS? model of schooling used in the USA, Ireland, Italy, England and founded the Fred S. Keller School (www.cabasschools.org). He has done basic and applied experimental research in schools with students, teachers, parents, and supervisors as well as pediatric patients in medical settings. He and his colleagues have identified verbal behavior and social developmental cusps and protocols to establish them when they are missing in children. He is a recipient of the Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education from the American Psychology Association, a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), the ABAI award for International Contributions to Behavior Analysis, and is recipient of May 5 as the R. Douglas Day by Westchester County Legislators and the Jack Michael Award for Contributions to Verbal Behavior. He has served as guest professor at universities in China, Spain, Wales, England, Japan, South Korea, India, Ireland, Germany, Italy, USA, and Nigeria. |
|
|
|
|
|
Getting Unstuck: How Behavior Analysts Can Talk to Marginalized Communities, Behave Flexibly, and Change the World |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
CE Instructor: Matthew Capriotti, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (San Jose State University) |
Abstract: As behavior analysts, we know the potential of our science to change the world. Behavior analysis points to powerful interventions for a range of individuals’ challenges and societies’ ills, without assigning stigmatizing diagnoses of personal or cultural deficits, such as character problems and broken brains. Our beloved science has made enormous impacts in a few areas. And yet, behavior analysis’ reach is far from what Skinner imagined possible. At the same time, we behavior analysts often bemoan feeling misunderstood by colleagues and by society. Our science, and our reputations, tend to get stuck within our research and practice communities, and within tried-and-true applications.
I propose that we can get our science “unstuck” through thoughtful collaboration with underserved and oppressed communities, and with the professionals who have long served them. As an exemplar of a recent (and ongoing) success story that has leveraged these principles, I will discuss how behavior analysts have changed the landscape of treatment for people with tic disorders across the world. To exemplify an unfulfilled opportunity for such progress, I will discuss potential applications of behavior analysis into LGBTQ+ health and wellness. I will present my own work in these two areas, with particular attention to intentional professional actions outside the traditional bounds of behavior analysis. This will include honest discussion of both “wins” (wherein such work has led to increased impact) and “misses” (wherein such projects have led down the rabbit holes of mentalism). I will conclude with practical suggestions for behavior analysts looking to expand the scope of their work into new areas. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: faculty researchers, university educators, applied practitioners, graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss research strategies and tactics that enable pragmatic scaling of behavior analysis; (2) describe how non-behavior-analytic research approaches contributed to the successful dissemination of behavior-analytic treatments for tic disorders; (3) identify steps that may aid early career researchers in conducting community-partnered research in new areas. |
|
MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (San Jose State University) |
Dr. Matthew Capriotti is an Associate Professor of Psychology at San Jose State University. He completed his BS in Psychology at the University of Florida in 2010, and he then earned his Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee in 2015. Prior to joining the faculty at San Jose State University, Dr. Capriotti completed predoctoral and postdoctoral fellowships in the Department of Psychiatry at the University of California San Francisco. His research interests lie in the behavioral treatment of Tourette Syndrome and in the study of processes that drive health and wellness among LGBTQ+ people. Dr. Capriotti has employed varied methodological approaches to conduct research across the basic-to-applied continuum. His earliest work investigated rats’ responding on multiple schedules. His subsequent programs of research on tic disorders and LGBTQ+ health have employed a range of methodological approaches and content foci, including within-case laboratory studies on behavioral processes in clinical populations, clinical trials, dissemination and implementation projects, phenomenological and epidemiological investigations of neurobehavioral and psychiatric conditions, experiments evaluating environmental determinants of stigma, survey- and interview-based qualitative research on facilitators and barriers of psychosocial treatment, and community-based participatory research. Dr. Capriotti is the author of 46 peer-reviewed publications and over 70 conference presentations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement: A Panel with Discussion |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D. |
Panelists: M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: This session, a follow-up to Peter Killeen’s tutorial on Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement, will offer examples of MPR’s application and thoughts about potential uses. Why consider applying MPR? It is a comprehensive theory of behavior that is derived from three elementary, common-sensical principles. The data required for model fitting, which come from a series of fixed-ratios or a progressive ratio schedule, are acquired quickly. The ability of its parameters to distinguish reinforcer efficacy, how reinforcers select recent behavior, and motor characteristics of behavior can yield insight into behavioral determinants. Chris Newland will describe its application in characterizing the actions of drugs and contaminants that act on the nervous system, John Michael Falligant will explore its potential applications to applied behavior analysis, and Brent Kaplan will describe how it might address issues in substance abuse. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Basic and translational investigators interested in applying MPR, board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe what the parameters of the MPR model say about behavior; (2) describe how it has been applied in several arenas; (3) describe potential areas where MPR might be applied. |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
Chris Newland directs a laboratory to investigate drugs and contaminants that affect behavioral and brain development using experimental models. With his students, he has reported troubling impairments in behavioral plasticity, choice, and learning that can be traced to low-level methylmercury exposure during the prenatal and adolescent periods or drug exposure during adolescence. For example, he reported that methylmercury during gestion accelerates aging long after exposure ends. He is also involved in a project to reduce the use of psychotropic medicine among children in foster care. Dr. Newland has served on numerous panels guiding federal environmental policy as well as grant review panels for the NIH and the EPA. He has played leadership roles in the Society of Toxicology and the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He teaches courses at all levels in behavioral neuroscience, psychopharmacology, conditioning and learning, and clinical psychopharmacology in developmental disabilities. |
JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Dr. Falligant is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and a Senior Behavior Analyst in the inpatient Neurobehavioral Unit at the Kennedy Krieger Institute. The Neurobehavioral Programs at the Kennedy Krieger Institute serve individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who suffer from severe behavioral dysfunction, including self-injury. Dr. Falligant’s clinical work and research is focused on the assessment and treatment of behavioral dysfunction in individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders. He is also interested in translational behavioral research involving models of choice behavior and impulsivity, reward sensitivity, behavioral persistence, and the identification and quantification of predictive behavioral markers. Dr. Falligant is a clinical psychologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D). He received his Ph.D. from Auburn University. He completed his Doctoral Internship and a Postdoctoral Research Fellowship at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. |
BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kentucky) |
 Brent Kaplan received his Ph.D. in behavioral psychology at the University of Kansas and subsequently completed his postdoctoral training at the Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech. He is currently an Assistant Professor in the Department of Family and Community Medicine at the University of Kentucky College of Medicine and a member of the Healthier Futures Laboratory. Brent’s research focuses on applying behavioral economic concepts and methodology to better understand alcohol and cigarette substance use and treatments. His interests also include developing and disseminating tools for analyzing and interpreting behavioral economic data. He has served on the editorial boards of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Perspectives on Behavior Science and currently serves on the executive committee for Division 28 Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse of the American Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
|
|
In Consideration of Social Validity: Do Others Like What We Do, and Does It Matter? |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 255 |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Meka McCammon, Ph.D. |
Chair: Meka McCammon (University of South Florida) |
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia) |
AMY GRAVINO (A.S.C.O.T Consulting) |
Abstract: The social validity of an intervention encompasses (a) whether consumers/stakeholders believe that the intended outcome of the intervention is desirable, (b) the extent to which consumers/stakeholders consider the procedures for changing behavior to be acceptable in terms of ethics, cost, and feasibility, and (c) whether consumers/stakeholders are satisfied with the outcomes produced by these procedures. Behavior analysts typically assess social validity, at the conclusion of the intervention, by interviewing or asking care providers (e.g., parents, teachers) questions the research team generated for that purpose. This approach limits input to primary care providers, the input of the recipient of the intervention is not gathered, nor is input from the broader community (e.g., other autistic people). In addition, whether the intervention was viewed as acceptable or needed at the start of the intervention (or during intervention) is not known. In this panel we will explore whether typical methods of evaluating social validity are appropriate and if our field should broaden its conceptualization of social validity to include input from others and/or occur at multiple timepoints. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: NA |
Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will describe the significance of assessing social validity; (2) State various tools and methods for assessing social validity; (3) Account for the contextual variables that might inform when and how to assess social validity; and (4) State the implications failing to assess social validity throughout service delivery |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Telehealth to Train Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University ) |
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University ) |
CE Instructor: Nouf Alzrayer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Telehealth has been shown to be effective in providing behavioral services to families of individuals with disabilities, including autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Unholz-Bowden et al.,2020). In addition to telehealth, behavioral skills training (BST) has been used to teach caregivers to implement several strategies, such as functional behavioral assessment (Shayne & Miltenberger, 2013), incidental teaching procedures (Hsieh, Wilder, & Abellon, 2011), and social skills (Hassan et al., 2018). However, due to the novelty of this approach, there is a critical need to examine the effects of using telehealth in training parents of children with ASD to implement strategies to develop skills or reduce challenging behaviors. Therefore, this symposium will include two presentations that will (a) evaluate the effects of BST in training parents to implement augmentative and alternative communication (AAC)-based intervention in naturalistic context via telehealth (b) evaluated the effects of BST on parents to implement behavioral toilet skills training package with their children with autism via telehealth technology. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): BST, Parents training, Telehealth |
Target Audience: The target audience include a variety of levels of ABA practitioners, including BCBAs and BCaBAs. |
Learning Objectives: 1.The participants will be able to identify the components of behavior skills training to apply to parents training via telehealth 2.The participants will be able to identify ways to train parents to conduct toilet and mand training via telehealth 3.The participants will be able to summaries strategies to use to conduct parent training via telehealth |
|
Training Parents to Implement Augmentative and Alternative Communication-Based Intervention in Naturalistic Context Via Telehealth |
NOUF ALZRAYER (King Saud University) |
Abstract: The study aimed to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) in training parents to implement augmentative and alternative communication (AAC)-based intervention in naturalistic context via telehealth. Three parent-child dyads participated in the study. All participants were diagnosed with ASD and their age ranged between 4 and 6 years. Concurrent multiple probe design across parent–child dyads was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Parents were trained to teach their children augmented and non-augmented mand skills in a natural context via internet-based service delivery. The findings of the study revealed that parents were successful at using AAC-based intervention in teaching communication skills to their children with ASD during snack time. Further, participants were able to generalize acquired mands across other communication partners (i.e., siblings) and during other routine situations (i.e., playtime). Future studies should examine the effects of BST to train parents on the implementation of other behavioral strategies via telehealth. |
|
Training Parents in Saudi Arabia to Teach Toilet Skills to Children With Autism Via Telehealth Technology |
AHMAD KHAMIS EID (Center For Autism Research), Sarah Mohammed Aljaser (CFAR), Katelyn Craig (CFAR), AlAnoud Al Saud (CFAR), Mashail Alaql (CFAR), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effects of a behavioral skills training on parents to implement behavioral toilet skills training package with their children with Autism via telehealth technology. Two dyads (mother – child) participated in the study. Effects were demonstrated using multiple baseline design. All sessions were conducted via ZOOM technology. The behavior skills training of both mothers resulted in achieving continence for both children. Both children demonstrated maintenance of their toileting skills at follow - up. One child improved significantly in initiation of toileting. Social validity evaluations were strong. Implications for future and further researches are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Reducing Applied Behavior Analysis Agencies' Administrative Burdens Through Technology and Multi-Component Intervention on Insurance and Governmental Requirements |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Shannon Ballinger (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation) |
CE Instructor: Shannon Ballinger, M.A. |
Abstract: As the number of funding sources which are managing applied behavior analysis services has expanded, so too have the unique requirements to initiate or maintain services. Specifically, organizations attempting to scale face many unique training, treatment protocols, data submissions, and credentialing requirements dictated by funding sources or government entities. This session explores how processes to meet requirements can be improved through identification of business opportunities, pinpointing specific provider and consumer behaviors needed, and implementing technology innovations to support required changes. Examples include: developing contingencies that ensure providers and families complete requirements so that ABA services can occur with reduced administrative burdens, working with funding sources to modify requirements, and automating processes to reduce time consuming requirements. Several interventions will be presented that occur in combination and are hypothesized to be directly related to reduced latency in "days to begin services from client application" and "days to begin working from employee application." |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): government, insurance |
Target Audience: Participants are recommended to be experienced in managing aba services at a medium to large sized agency |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1) identify at least one proactive, replacement, and consequence based strategy that will reduce barriers to services presented by insurance companies 2) identify automated antecedent manipulation and prompting strategies that can be used to reduce latency in caregiver compliance to required documentation 3) identify strategies that will establish momentum to increase likelihood that practitioners will complete and maintain required credentialing documentation |
|
Antecedent, Replacement and Consequence-Based Interventions for Agency Leaders in Reducing Burdensome Requirements From Private Funding Sources and Governmental Agencies |
TAHRA JOLENE CESSNA (F.I.T.) |
Abstract: The requirements for agencies to provide aba services are numerous and, as agencies grow and expand, these requirements grow exponentially and are affected by each funding sources and additional geographic coverage area. Often, agencies are left to navigate complex requirements with very little guidance from the funding source and without an understanding of which rules are open to negotiation and which steps within the authorization and management process can be reduced, combined, or eliminated. This symposium will offer antecedent, replacement and consequence-based interventions used to successfully increase collaboration with funding source partners. The discussion will focus on results of effecting insurance company requirements that are burdensome by a combination of reducing the requirements, teaching alternative ways to access required information, or providing the information with the assistance of technology to make the effort less burdensome. The effect of reducing administrative burdens is also hypothesized to benefit the recipients who receive behavior services resulting in less latency in the days to begin services and less gaps in services due to administrative problems. |
|
Improving Caregiver and Provider Responses to Requests for Required Information to Reduce Latency in Access to Services |
NINA MALAGIC RAYNOR (Positive Behavior Supports) |
Abstract: Delays in clinical staff and consumer responses to requests for required information may result in gaps in service or delayed access to ABA treatment. An administrative limitation of in-home services includes low levels of administrative interaction with consumers to prompt/obtain timely documentation. Low-Tech methods to prompt responses are resource intensive and include many barriers. Through automated antecedent manipulations, prompting strategies were improved to target timely submission and signing of behavior treatment plans. Notification systems created for regional leadership provided visual feedback system and reduced number of actions required to send reminder notifications. This presentation will discuss the results of a project that targeted on-time submission and signing of behavior plans using technology enhancements. |
|
Helping New Individuals Considering a Career in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis Complete Complex Requirements in Order to Reduce Latency to Provide Services and Maintaining Credentialing Requirements |
MICHAEL NOLAN (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation) |
Abstract: Large agencies working with multiple funding sources often create long list of requirements to enter the field and often many potential practitioners will not complete these requirements and may be dissuaded by the ever-increasing list of requirements to practice in the field. These lengthy requirements are derived from satisfying local, state, an funding source specific credentialing requirements and can quickly become aversive. Systematic attempts to task analyze, reorder, and display steps in a visual pleasing way help ensure reinforcement throughout the process and can lead to completion. Other interventions include using technology to provide frequency notifications, and action links to prompt their completion. The measurable effect examined is the reduction in the number of days it takes for potential practitioner to become fully compliant and credentialed and working in the field. This session will examine specific strategies can an aba agency can implement to engage a potential practitioner and establish momentum that will lead to providing services in the field. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Social Skills Repertoires to Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College) |
CE Instructor: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There is a growing body of research on teaching individuals with autism to engage in social skills repertoires that involve observing others including helping others, observational learning, social referencing, and joint attention. The first paper in this session describes an approach to teaching a child with autism to offer help to others in natural contexts. A multiple probe design across helping scenarios was used to assess the effects of multiple exemplar training, an instructional matrix, and video modeling. The child learned to offer help in training contexts, and those skills generalized across settings. The second paper in this session describes approaches to assessing and teaching observational learning skills in a group instructional arrangement with three children with autism. A multiple probe design across participants and a multiple baseline within participants across motor, object-motor, and vocal modalities were used to assess the effects of consequence discrimination training and differential observing response training. Two out of three children showed significant improvements in observational learning in a group instructional arrangement. Findings from these studies have implications for teaching social skills repertoires to children with autism which could lead to greater inclusion of individuals with autism in learning environments and to other positive outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: 1) learner will be able to describe strategy for teaching helping using multiple exemplar training. 2) learner will be able to describe the role of observational learning in group instruction 3) learner will be able to explain role of consequence discrimination in observational learning |
|
Teaching Helping to a Child With Autism Using a Multiple-Exemplar Matrix Model and Video Modeling |
SHEMARIAH ELLIS (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to teach a child with autism to offer help and engage in appropriate helping responses in the presence of relevant stimuli using multiple exemplars, a matrix model, and video modeling. A concurrent multiple probe design was used across helping categories of cleaning, carrying items, and obtaining objects out of reach. A matrix was used to organize the relevant stimuli encountered in helping scenarios, such as fallen objects, vocalizations, and facial affect. Training targets were taught with video models depicting a known adult verbally offering an individual help and engaging in helping responses during situations where help was required (i.e., spilled water needs to be cleaned). The multiple exemplar matrix model and video modeling were effective in establishing a repertoire of helping across categories that generalized to novel settings and contexts. Interobserver agreement averaged 94% agreement across all trials with a range of 85% - 100%. |
|
The Effects of Consequence Discrimination Training and Differential Observing Response Training on Observational Learning During Group Instruction |
SYDNEY J BERKMAN (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Many individuals with autism spectrum disorder do not demonstrate observational learning (OL), a repertoire that aids in learning during group instruction. Few studies have evaluated strategies for teaching individuals to engage in OL, and none have evaluated the effects of such strategies on individuals’ learning during group instruction. In this study, OL during group instruction was evaluated using a within-participant multiple probe design across motor, object-motor, and vocal modalities and using a concurrent multiple probe design across participants. Interventions included consequence discrimination training and differential observing response training consisting of differential reinforcement and rule statements following errors. Training sessions were conducted with one student participant and one adult participant acting as a confederate student. Observation sessions were conducted with two or three student participants and one adult participant acting as a confederate student. Data were collected on primary dependent variables during test sessions conducted with each student participant shortly following observation sessions. Following training, participants demonstrated improvements in OL across modalities during test sessions. Interobserver agreement during training and probe sessions was above 90%. |
|
|
|
|
|
Positive and Negative Reinforcing Effects of Opioids: The Opponent Process Theory From a Clinical Perspective |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Area: BPN |
Chair: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Sandra Comer, Please Select... |
Presenting Author: SANDRA COMER (New York State Psychiatric Institute, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Over 92,000 drug-related overdose deaths, the majority of which were due to opioids, were reported in the U.S. in 2020 (https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/vsrr/drug-overdose-data.htm). This increase in opioid-related overdose deaths occurred despite the availability of several effective treatment medications. Both positive and negative reinforcing effects of opioids may underlie the initiation of opioid use and development and maintenance of opioid use disorder (OUD). Some investigators suggest that the negative reinforcing effects of opioids become more prominent with repeated use. Evidence for this position will be presented using clinical data from a variety of sources. While both processes appear to be supported by the data, the relative contribution of positive and negative reinforcing effects in maintaining opioid use is unclear. Additional research should be conducted to directly address this issue because it has relevance for the development of more effective pharmacotherapeutic and behavioral treatment strategies for OUD. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Basic researchers and clinicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) examine clinical laboratory data using self-administration paradigms and subjective reports of drug effects and opioid withdrawal symptoms to assess the positive and negative reinforcing effects of opioids; (2) characterize opioid self-administration among individuals who are maintained on medications for treating OUD; (3) evaluate self-reported reasons for using heroin among a large cohort of individuals with OUD. |
|
SANDRA COMER (New York State Psychiatric Institute, Columbia University) |
 Dr. Sandra Comer is Professor of Neurobiology in the Department of Psychiatry at Columbia University. She received her BS at Vanderbilt University and Ph.D. at the University of Michigan for her research on the effects of drugs using preclinical models. Dr. Comer is Director of the Opioid Laboratory in the Division on Substance Use Disorders and her current research focus is on the clinical testing of medications for treating opioid use disorder, methods to maximize the use of naloxone by opioid users, and evaluations of the comparative abuse liability of prescribed pain medications. Dr. Comer served as President of the College on Problems of Drug Dependence, the longest standing scholarly society in the U.S. devoted to research on substance use disorders, and currently is the Public Policy Officer for CPDD. Dr. Comer is a member of the Expert Advisory Panel on Drug Dependence for the World Health Organization and has over 160 publications on substance use disorders. |
|
|
|
|
|
Overcoming Challenges Associated With Conducting Behavior Analytic Research in Neurorehabilitation Settings |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 103 |
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Christina M. Peters, Ph.D. |
Chair: Christina M. Peters (Brock University) |
JEFF KUPFER (University of Colorado Denver) |
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Mozzoni & Associates LLC) |
KARL FANNAR GUNNARSSON (The National University Hospital of Iceland) |
Abstract: Brain injury is the leading cause of death and disability worldwide (IBIA, 2021). Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is demonstrated to be effective in addressing several of the behavioral challenges associated with acquired brain injury (Jacobs, 2000). However, a recent comprehensive literature review demonstrates that additional research, especially research with high methodical rigor, is still needed (Heinicke & Carr, 2014). The lack of research in acquired brain injury presents vast opportunities for behavior analysts who wish to pursue this important line of investigation. Several unique circumstances associated with brain injury and its treatment may pose challenges to researchers, including but not limited to: difficulty recruiting participants, the need to balance rehabilitation efforts with research participation, and issues related to obtaining informed consent. This panel will bring together three top experts who have successfully conducted research in this domain. Discussion will focus on the challenges associated with this line of research and efforts to support future growth in this important area. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Beginner |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least 3 challenges with conducting behavior-analytic research in neurorehabilitation settings; (2) differentiate between behavioral interventions that are considered evidence-based vs. experimental for those with brain injury; (3) describe at least two strategies for addressing barriers associated with conducting behavior-analytic research in neurorehabilitation settings. |
Keyword(s): brain injury, neurorehabiliation, research ethics |
|
|
|
|
|
Why So Racist? A Function-Based and Organizational Assessment and Interventions for Policing |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Shawn Capell (Covenant 15:16 LLC ) |
Discussant: Ryan Sain (Mary Baldwin University ) |
CE Instructor: Ryan Sain, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The racial differentiation of policing in America has been widely researched and documented (Walker et al., 2008; Wilson et al., 1982; Eck et al., 1987; Braga et al., 1999). While these discrepancies have been largely documented, few changes have been made to the policies, procedures and law governing police officers, leading to the continuation of racist acts displayed by police officers across the country. The reasons for this are plentiful and the issues are symptoms of the larger problems of individual and institutional racism that increases the likeliness any police officer will engage in violence against a person of color. This symposium describes how individual racism is learned and strengthened and a functional perspective of the historical development of policing in America followed by suggestions about how these systems can be redeveloped and improved. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): police functions, racism |
Target Audience: This is appropriate for any level of behavior analyst or behavior analyst trainee who is interested in systems theory and how functional assessment can play a role in system and reinforcement of individual behavior. |
Learning Objectives: 1. The learner will identify the common functions of policing in the United States. 2. The learner will identify how differential responding of officers to different groups of citizens develops and is maintained. 3. The learner will identify at least three ways behavior analysis can address the behavior of police officers to decrease differential responding between groups of individuals. 4. The learner will identify at least one organizational behavior management (OBM) strategy that can be used to decrease differential responding of police officers. |
|
The Function of the Police Force: A Behavior Analytic Review of the History of How Policing in America Came to Be |
NATALIE A. PARKS (Behavior Leader Inc.; Saint Louis University), Beverly Kirby (Team ABA LLC) |
Abstract: While the racial differentiation of policing in America has been widely researched and documented (Walker & Katz, 2008; Wilson & Kelling, 1982; Eck & Spelman, 1987; Braga, et al., 1999), there have been few changes within the policies, procedures and laws governing police officers. This has resulted in the continuation of individual acts of racism of police officers across the country and has upheld the systemic racism that results in the discrepancies between Black people and White people. To fully understand and develop effective interventions that will change policing behaviors and the racism observed within the police force, one must first understand the historical development and functional variables that maintain policing in America. |
|
Solutions Addressing the Vulnerability of Individual and Institutional Racism in Police Departments |
BEVERLY KIRBY (Team ABA LLC), Natalie A. Parks (Behavior Leader Inc.; Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Understanding the history and function of policing brings insight into the main areas to target for intervention when attempting to eliminate racism within policing and the the police force. This presentation focuses on suggestions regarding how to change and redevelop the system and functions of policing in America to decrease and eliminate specific and systemic acts of racism. |
|
|
|
|
|
Health, Sport and Fitness SIG Grant Recipients: Exciting New Areas of Research |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A |
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rocky Perez (Western Michigan University PhD IOBM Candidate) |
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno) |
CE Instructor: Sharlet D. Rafacz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include two recently completed projects by the 2021 Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group (HSF SIG) research grant recipients. The purpose of the HSF SIG Small Research Grant is to support experimental research that demonstrates the application of behavior analysis to address human behavior in the areas of health, sport, or fitness. Additional goals of this program are to disseminate behavior analytic research and practice and to expand research opportunities for students of behavior analysis. The first presentation will describe a study that evaluated and compared technology-based interdependent, dependent, and independent group contingencies for increasing daily steps in adults using a percentile schedule of reinforcement. The second presentation will describe a study that evaluated the outcomes of a virtual training informed by the behavioral skills training framework on dance instructors’ implementation of a behaviour analytic coaching package. Discussion following the presentations will focus on the use of technology in health, sport, and fitness research, along with how this research informs those in both the basic and applied communities. Recipients of the 2022 HSF SIG Small Research Grant will be announced at the end of the session. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): behavioral coaching, dance, group contigencies, physical activity |
Target Audience: Graduate students, researchers, and practitioners interested in applications of behavior analysis to health, sport, and fitness |
Learning Objectives: (1) describe how group contingencies can be used to increase physical activity; (2) describe how the behavioral skills training framework can be applied to virtual training methods; (3) describe at least two implications of the findings of these students for future research and practice. |
|
Evaluating Group Contingencies for Increasing Daily Steps in Adults |
CASEY IRWIN HELVEY (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Research has suggested that contingent rewards or added researcher intervention may be necessary to increase physical activity in adults, though this can be costly in terms of time and money. Arranging group contingencies for increasing physical activity may be one way to limit some of these costs and may have additional benefits of peer-arranged social consequences. Recent studies have shown that interdependent group contingencies, or a version called the Good Behavior Game (GBG), can be used to increase physical activity among children. No within-subject studies have compared all three types of group contingencies for increasing physical activity. Additionally, behavior-analytic studies evaluating group contingencies for increasing physical activity in adults are limited. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate and compare technology-based interdependent, dependent, and independent group contingencies for increasing daily steps in adults using a percentile schedule of reinforcement. Additionally, the current study will evaluate participants’ relative preference for the three group contingency interventions using a concurrent-chains paradigm. The results will be discussed within the context of implications for physical activity interventions and areas for future research. |
|
Evaluation of a Virtual Training for Dance Instructors to Implement a Behavioral Coaching Package |
SARAH DAVIS (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Melina Passalent (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Brittney Mathura Sureshkumar (Brock University), Nicole Bajcar (Brock University) |
Abstract: Most dance instructors are not provided with formal training to teach dance skills and it has been reported that they often employ an authoritarian teaching style with a focus on corrective feedback, which can adversely impact dancers’ experiences. A behavior analytic approach to dance education may provide dance instructors with positive strategies that increase the accuracy of dance movements and the satisfaction of dancers. Using a concurrent multiple-baseline design across five participants, we evaluated the outcomes of a virtual training informed by the behavioral skills training framework (i.e., instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback) on dance instructors’ implementation of a behaviour analytic coaching package consisting of four elements (i.e., task analyzing dance skills, emphasizing correct performance with focus points, assessing performance through data collection, and providing optimal feedback). The dance instructors’ performance was scored as a percentage of correctly implemented behavioural coaching elements. While data collection is on-going, the virtual training shows promising results. To date, three participants have met mastery criteria (i.e., implemented the elements of the behavioural coaching package with 100% accuracy, across two consecutive sessions). Dance instructors’ perceived acceptability of the virtual training and the utility of the behavioural coaching strategies will also be obtained through social validity questionnaires. |
|
|
|
|
|
Feasibility of Wearable Technology: First Steps Towards Automatic Measurement of Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 251 |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Emory University; Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University) |
CE Instructor: Mindy Christine Scheithauer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Challenging behaviors, such as aggression, self-injury, and disruption, are generally measured using either direct observation or caregiver-report. Unfortunately, both of these measures have limitations and do not comprehensively measure the impact or severity of behavior. Wearable technology, including devices that include accelerometer, gyroscope, and magnetometer technology, have shown promise in their ability to automatically detect movement and behavior. The purpose of this symposium is to present research on the feasibility of using this technology to automatically detect challenging behavior. The first presentation (Neely) demonstrates the feasibility of this technology with typically developing adults and children, before generalizing findings to children with developmental disabilities during a functional analysis context. The second talk furthers evaluates accelerometer use during functional analyses with 33 children referred for very severe challenging behavior and evaluates the ability of caregivers to apply accelerometers in a home setting (N=10). Results are discussed in the context of importance of feasibility analyses and ways in which results set the stage for future large-scale studies that can evaluate the efficacy of automatically detecting challenging behavior using this technology. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Accelerometers, Challenging Behavior, Measurement, Problem Behavior |
Target Audience: Attendees should have a basic understanding of the measurement of challenging behavior and limitations of current measurement strategies. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to do describe limitations in current measurement systems for challenging behavior.
2. Participants will be able to explain the feasibility of using wearable technology with children with ASD.
3. Participants will be able to describe the benefit of using wearable technology to automatically detect challenging behavior in children with ASD. |
|
Feasibility of Wearable Technology to Supplement Measurement During Functional Analysis |
LESLIE NEELY (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Sakiko Oyama (University of Texas at San Antonio), Jordan Wimberley (Autism Treatment Center of San Antonio) |
Abstract: The intensity of a target behavior (severity/magnitude) may correspond to the social significance and priority of behavior for intervention. However, the extent to which researchers measure this dimension is unclear. Inertial measurement units (IMUs) are small portable motion capture systems that incorporate three types of sensors: accelerometer, gyroscope, and magnetometer. The data from the three sensors can be incorporated to calculate inclination angle of the sensor in space, and data from its components (gyroscope and accelerometers) provide data on angular (rotation) velocity and acceleration of the sensors about three axes. By fixing the units on the body segment, the sensor can measure human movement. This study investigates the feasibility of utilizing IMUs to quantify the occurrence and intensity of behavioral events by identifying peak acceleration and angular velocity of the segments. This study contains three experiments. Experiment one investigates the validity of the IMUs to capture common topographies of problem behavior (e.g., hitting, kicking, self-injury) with adults without disabilities. Experiment two investigates the validity of the IMUs to capture common topographies of problem behavior with children without disabilities. Experiment three investigates the validity of IMUs within the context of a functional analysis with two children diagnosed with a developmental disability. |
|
Using Accelerometers With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Challenging Behavior: A Feasibility Analysis |
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Shruthi Hiremath (Georgia Institute of Technology), Audrey Southerland (Georgia Institute of Technology), Agata Rozga (Georgia Institute of Technology), Thomas Ploetz (School of Interactive Computing, Georgia Institute of Technology), Chelsea Rock (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University) |
Abstract: Behaviors such as aggression, self-injury, and disruption are common among individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Most research on these behaviors has relied on retrospective caregiver-report or direct observation, both of which have limitations. There is preliminary evidence that direct detection of these behaviors using accelerometers is a promising alternative, but additional research is needed to determine the feasibility during actual clinical assessment times and times when a therapist cannot be present for direct observation, as measurement during these times has the most applied significance. This study addressed these gaps by evaluating the feasibility of accelerometer use with children with ASD and severe aggression, self-injury, and disruptive behavior (N=33). We found that most passed habituation procedures (93.94% of participants) intended to promote tolerance with wearing accelerometers and continued to tolerate accelerometers during behavioral assessments (e.g., functional analyses). However, the necessary duration of habituation varied across individuals, an important consideration for planning future studies. Additionally, we identified that it is feasible for caregivers to apply sensors in the home-setting (N=10) but found variable fidelity in data-collection and wear-time duration. This study sets important groundwork for future large-scale studies to automatically detect aggression, self-injury, and disruption. |
|
|
|
|
|
What Applied Behavior Analysis Has to Offer Trauma Assessment and Intervention |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Saundra Bishop, M.S. |
Chair: Saundra Bishop (BASICS ABA Therapy ) |
JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
TERESA CAMILLE KOLU (Cusp Emergence) |
GABRIELLE MORGAN (Bay Path University) |
Abstract: The field of Behavior Analysis has grown over the last few years to recognize the necessity of Trauma Informed Interventions. However, providers often are finding it difficult to expand their competency in this area. This panel will bring together pioneers in this field and focus on assessments that can be directly applied to immediate interventions that are behavior analytic and within our scope of practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: intermediate, BCBAs. Skills: comprehensive knowledge of FBA process. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify formal tools that can be used to assess trauma events (2) Identify how these tools can be used behavior analytically (3) Identify real life examples of how these tools have been used and applied in the field of ABA |
Keyword(s): ACES, assessment, trauma informed |
|
|
|
|
|
Disordered Behavioral Processes and Diet-Induced Obesity |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 154 |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Kirkpatrick, Ph.D. |
KIMBERLY KIRKPATRICK (Kansas State University), Travis Ray Smith (Kansas State University) |
Abstract: No one chooses to become obese, yet obesity rates have risen steadily over the past 40 years and obesity is now one of the most widespread behavioral diseases. Obesity does not emerge from any one choice, but from the accumulation of many poor dietary and lifestyle choices. Many everyday choices can be impulsive choices, such as choosing to eat convenient fast-food items instead of taking the time to prepare a healthy meal. Research with rodent pre-clinical models has found that a diet high in processed saturated fat and/or sugar increased impulsive choices, impaired temporal discrimination, altered food reward value, and modified food choice and consumption behaviors. Dietary schedules that may simulate food insecurity, such as intermittent access to fat and sugar, also increased impulsive choices and altered food reward value. This suggests that an HF diet can impair self-control and related behavioral processes that are needed to avoid future intake of unhealthful foods, thus leading to a vicious cycle that may promote diet-induced obesity. The rodent model controls for dietary history so that specific causal mechanisms can be identified. Research pinpointing core behavioral mechanisms of diet-induced obesity can supply important insights for guiding the development of future obesity treatments. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students |
Learning Objectives: PENDING |
|
KIMBERLY KIRKPATRICK (Kansas State University) |
Dr. Kimberly Kirkpatrick is a University Distinguished Professor of Psychological Sciences at Kansas State University. She directs the Reward, Timing, and Decision laboratory which is funded by a $1.9M grant from the National Institutes of Mental Health. She also directs the Cognitive and Neurobiological Approaches to Plasticity (CNAP) Center of Biomedical Research Excellence which was founded in 2017 through a $10.6M grant from the National Institutes of General Medical Sciences. Kirkpatrick received the Kansas State Distinguished Graduate Faculty Award in 2018 and became a University Distinguished Professor in 2019. She currently serves on the ABAI Science Board.
Dr. Kirkpatrick studies everyday choices which can lead to long-term health problems such as obesity, substance abuse, and other impulse control disorders. She has found that diets high in processed sugar and saturated fats can undermine self-control and lead individuals to develop a pattern of problematic daily choices, known as impulsive choices. She has also developed interventions to promote self-control as a treatment for impulsive choices, which is the topic of her current R01 grant.
Kirkpatrick graduated with a bachelor’s in Psychology from Iowa State University. She completed her PhD at the University of Iowa in Psychology with a focus on Behavioral Neuroscience and then subsequently completed her post-doctoral training at Brown University. She started her career as a faculty member at the University of York (UK) before joining the faculty at Kansas State in 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
Remote Behavior Skills Training and Prompting to Increase Teacher Use of Evidence-Based Practices |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A |
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sara S. Kupzyk (University of Nebraska Omaha) |
Discussant: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Sara S. Kupzyk, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Quality training and supportive feedback are essential for increasing teachers’ use of evidence-based practices. Remote training and prompting may offer a flexible, effective, and efficient training approach to meet teacher needs. This symposium will include two presentations that used remote training and feedback methods to enhance teachers’ skills and treatment integrity. Participants included teachers and pre-service teachers completing student teaching. The studies used single-case designs to evaluate the effectiveness of (a) remote behavioral skills training (BST) on teachers’ skills in collaborating with parents to support learning at home and (b) emailed prompts on teacher’s use of behavior specific praise. The results indicated that (a) teachers’ confidence and skills increased following remote BST, (b) teachers were more likely to use skills taught when emailed prompting was used, and (c) teachers rated the implementation supports as acceptable. Collectively, remote BST and prompting appear to be valuable and feasible methods for increasing teachers’ use of evidence-based practices. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): academic interventions, consultation, teacher training, treatment integrity |
Target Audience: School-based consultation
Effective communication
Intervention development in schools |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe elements of effective remote teacher and parent training, (2) discuss remote strategies to enhance treatment integrity, and (3) describe methods for evaluating acceptability of interventions in school settings. |
|
Training Teachers to Provide Opportunities for Parents to Support Learning at Home |
SARA S. KUPZYK (University of Nebraska Omaha), Lindsey Aberle (University of Nebraska Omaha), Madison Schaller (University of Nebraska at Omaha), Maria Juarez (University of Nebraska at Omaha) |
Abstract: Home-school partnerships are valuable and associated with improvements in students’ academic success. However, teachers often do not receive sufficient training to confidently collaborate with families. Furthermore, parents report feeling unsure of how to support learning at home and dissatisfaction with the special education process. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use distance behavioral skills training on special educator’s use of evidence-based parent training to teach parents how to support individualized education programs at home. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the training. Pre and post data were also collected on teacher practices and confidence with working with families. All participants demonstrated a significant increase in steps completed following the training. The teachers reported high levels of satisfaction with the training and improved confidence in working with parents. Future research should examine parent perceptions of teachers’ use of the skills taught. |
|
Emailed Prompts to Promote Early Childhood Educators’ Rates of Behavior Specific Praise |
ZACHARY CHARLES LABROT (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Chelsea Johnson (University of Southern Mississippi), Terreca Cato (University of Southern Mississippi), Emily Maxime (University of Southern Mississippi), Emily DeFouw (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: Although several implementation supports (e.g., prompts, performance feedback) delivered through school-based behavioral consultation have been found to be useful for improving early childhood educators’ treatment integrity, some research suggests that face-to-face consultation may not always be feasible. To overcome barriers to feasibility, school-based behavioral consultants may consider delivering implementation supports through email. There is some research to support the effectiveness of emailed supports for improving intervention integrity, but these studies have been limited to elementary school teachers. As such, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of emailed prompts for increasing early childhood educators’ rates of behavior specific praise (BSP). Participants included three early childhood teachers who were self-referred for behavioral consultation to learn effective classroom management strategies. Using a multiple baseline across participants design, this study provided an experimental demonstration of the effectiveness of emailed prompts for increasing rates of BSP. Specifically, results indicated that emailed prompts resulted in increases in all three teachers’ rates of BSP that maintained over time and generalized to settings in which consultation did not occur. Implications for practice and research in behavioral consultation in early childhood settings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Perspectives on Building and Maintaining a Sustainable Applied Behavior Analysis Business Model and Work Culture |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Molly Ann McGinnis, M.Ed. |
Chair: Helena Maguire (Melmark New England) |
PAULA RIBEIRO KENYON (Kadiant) |
RITA GARDNER (Melmark New England) |
MOLLY ANN MCGINNIS (Butterfly Effects) |
Abstract: Successful and positive ABA companies are built on a strong foundation of intentional Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) design, mutual respect, shared mission, and passion for clinical quality. As the business of behavior analysis is rapidly changing and evolving, this solid foundation must be reinforced to ensure all aspects leading to success. This panel is focused on sharing perspectives, offers research to practice recommendations, and includes operational strategies for building successful service settings and experiences in the field of behavior analysis to improve clinical as well as business outcomes (Luiselli, Gardner, Bird and Maguire, 2021). The panelists will describe how company cultures focused on alignment of company mission and collaborative vision are utilized to improve outcomes. This foundation is imperative to build collective morale and improve employee retention. Ideas will be shared on how to marry OBM practices and clinical knowledge along with business operations to support teams of clinicians and the management systems used to support employees to produce best outcomes for the individuals served. Finally, the panelists will discuss the successes as well as the setbacks, including lessons learned during the pandemic, that have helped shape their leadership styles and management systems. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills include leadership positions in an ABA company. The audience should be in positions of drving policy and process changes in their organization. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe intentional OBM strategies to support successful clinical and operational outcomes; (2) develop company systems focused on mission and vision to produce best service outcomes and support employees; (3) implement management systems based on current research and best practices to improve staff retention and company morale. |
Keyword(s): Business, Leadership, OBM |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Landscape of the Global Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis: Perspectives on Supervision and Beyond |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Lina M. Slim (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Jacob A Sadavoy, M.S. |
Presenting Author: JACOB A SADAVOY (Committed Behavior) |
Abstract: The field of behaviour analysis is growing exponentially in North America (Carr & Nosik, 2017; Deochand & Fuqua, 2016) however, there exists many barriers that impede similar expansion of the field internationally. This presentation will share survey results related to those barriers from six regions: Africa, Asia, Australia/New Zealand, Europe, the Middle East, and South America. We will compare and contrast the behaviour analytic landscape in these regions with a focus on challenges related to supervision (e.g., access, financial constraints, infrastructure, etc.). We will examine the respondents' answers to gain greater insights into these barriers and discuss national initiatives and action steps to respond to this crisis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify five barriers that impede effective, sustainable international dissemination; (2) identify areas of need per region and develop individualized recommendations informed by respondent data; (3) describe the three ways in which the international behaviour analytic community can be supported domestically, in North America. |
|
JACOB A SADAVOY (Committed Behavior) |
Jacob A. Sadavoy is a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst with over 20 years of experience applying the principles of applied behaviour analysis in home programs, clinical center-based programs, school environments as a teacher and educational consultant, businesses, and hospitals throughout North America. To date, Jacob has travelled to fifteen different countries to collaborate with local practitioners to develop culturally-informed, socially significant, behaviour analytic strategies dynamic to the local environment and culture. The ethical challenges and barriers of disseminating ABA effectively throughout the world culminated in Understanding Ethics in Applied Behavior Analysis: Practical Applications. Jacob also sat as the 2019 Vice President of the Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, Teamwork Healthcare's Clinical Board, and a member of the Behaviour Analysis Supervision Special Interest Group addressing international supervision. Jacob’s key areas of interest are ethics, supervision, sustainable dissemination, social justice, and services across the lifespan. Jacob's interest in social justice and compassionate care has culminated in a 2021 tome, A Scientific Framework for Compassion and Social Justice: Lessons in Applied Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
From Standardized Measurements to Biomarkers: The Emerging Science of Treatment Outcomes in Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Research |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 256 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (Michigan State University) |
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid) |
Abstract: Applied behavior-analytic (ABA) interventions have traditionally relied on frequent samples of operationally-defined performances compounded with unstandardized social validity measures as the sole basis of treatment evaluation. While this approach has served the field well for decades, it has faced fierce opposition from non-behavioral scientists who often rely on group-based studies and standardized outcomes as their lingua franca. This protracted conflict questions the very nature of scientific evidence and alienates behavior analysis from mainstream autism science. The conflict has an impact on how behavior analysis is viewed and portrayed, and has far reaching consequences on research funding, health and education policies, and, ultimately, availability of services. Yet, behavior analysts have failed to take up this generational challenge. With examples from his own work, the presenter will look at ABA research through the lens of an array of established and emerging clinical research outcomes including behavioral markers, standardized assessment coresets, biomarkers, and selected medical metrics. We will also discuss the contexts under which these various outcomes could be complementary to the behavioral dimension of ABA. Finally, we will lay a plausible roadmap of strategic research that could help to establish ABA intervention as a widely accepted evidence-based service for autism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Autism professionals, certified behavior analysts, students of all levels, active ABA researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the key differences in outcome research traditions in ABA and mainstream autism science; (2) discuss in the context of an ABA study the notion of treatment behavioral marker; (3) discuss in the context of an ABA study the notion of standardized outcomes coreset; (4) discuss in the context of an ABA study the notion of treatment biomarker. |
|
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid) |
Javier Virues-Ortega is a Ramón y Cajal senior research fellow at the Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain) and honorary associate professor at The University of Auckland. Previously, he has been assistant professor of psychology at the University of Manitoba (Canada) and postdoctoral researcher at the Instituto de Salud Carlos III (Spain). His research focuses on the evaluation of interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) for people with and without disabilities. He has an interest in transferring mainstream outcome research methods into ABA. He is author of over one hundred specialized publications. His work has been cited thousands of times and has been featured in the health coverage policies and authoritative advice of international organizations including UnitedHealthcare, Blue Cross Blue Shield, ICHOM, and others. Virues-Ortega has served as associate editor or member of the editorial board for eight leading behavioral journals and has serve as member of the board of directors and executive committees of leading professional organizations including the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and the European Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Impact of Behavior Analysis Jargon on Dissemination: Increasing the Accessibility of Our Terminology |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 203 |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Paul D. Neuman (Independent Scholar) |
Discussant: David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas, Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research and Treatment) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Marshall, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As behavior analysts, we have a responsibility to disseminate the science of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in an accessible manner. It has been asserted that the use of behavior analysis jargon makes our science inaccessible to those outside of the field because technical terms obscure behavior analysts’ intelligibility and are off-putting to the general public (Friman, 2006, 2021). Previous research has shown that the use of technical terminology has negatively impacted the general public’s perceptions of ABA (Becirevic et al., 2016) and negatively impacted therapist performance of behavior analytic procedures (Jarmolowicz et al., 2008). The studies within this symposium extended the previous research on the impact of technical jargon by evaluating the acceptability and effective training of behavior analytic procedures with two novel populations with whom behavior analysts frequently collaborate, community mental health providers and parents of individuals with disabilities. The potential detrimental impacts of using technical terminology with these populations and recommendations for practitioners to improve their dissemination of behavior analysis will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate level audience. Participants will require existing knowledge of behavior analytic terminology and a basic understanding of statistical analyses. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Participants will be able to identify methods for analyzing technical jargon on an individual basis. (2) Participants will be able to identify specific behavior analytic terminology that may be problematic in interactions with stakeholders. (3)Participants will be able to identify the detrimental impacts of jargon on interactions with stakeholders. |
|
The Impact of Behavior Analysis Jargon on the Effective Training of Stakeholders |
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (University of Oregon; Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College) |
Abstract: There has been a long-standing debate in the field of behavior analysis about the impact and value of behavior analytic technical terminology. Some have argued that jargon negatively impacts the dissemination of the science while others have asserted that technical terminology is necessary for precise descriptions of behavior. Previous research has shown that technical terminology elicits negative emotional reactions in the general public (Critchfield et al., 2017; Critchfield & Doepke, 2018) and has a detrimental impact on the implementation of behavior analysis procedures by therapists (Jarmolowicz et al., 2008). A total of 17 parents of individuals with disabilities participated in the present study. The parents completed a pre-evaluation, allowing for jargon to be individually determined for each participant, based on their existing knowledge of the technical terms. Parents were asked to implement discrete trial teaching (DTT) both prior to and after accessing written instructions with high or low percentages of jargon. Parents who received instructions with a low percent of jargon increased their correct implementation of DTT significantly more than parents who received instructions with a high percent of technical terms. These findings show that technical terminology does have a deleterious effect on the dissemination of behavior analysis. |
|
The Social Validity of Behavior Analytic Interventions: Descriptions Versus Jargon |
STEVEN PAUL SPARKS (Sparks Behavioral Services) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts working in professional settings often find themselves misunderstood when collaborating with professionals from other disciplines. Aside from the problems this creates in disseminating our science to non-behavior analysts, problems also frequently arise when behavior plans based on functional behavior assessments are reviewed by other professionals. In community mental health settings, multi-disciplinary committees made up of psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, and recipient rights experts are often responsible for reviewing behavior plans that include restrictive measures. The primary goal of these reviews is to ensure that if restrictive interventions are recommended, they are necessary for safety and are the least restrictive measures likely to be effective. Without a behavior analytic background, these professionals often will choose whether to approve a plan based on how restrictive the term sounds rather than what it entails. The data in this study were gathered through surveys sent to community mental health professionals. Participants were asked to rate the acceptability of technical terms for behavior analytic interventions in hypothetical behavior plans as well as descriptions of those same interventions without the use of behavior analytic terminology. Results suggest descriptions of interventions were often more acceptable than terminology without description. |
|
|
|
|
|
Developing Supervision Strategies That Maximize Sessions to Create Critical Thinkers, Shape Practical Skill-Sets In The Field, and Adhere to the 2022 BACB Requirements, All While Utilizing Five Practices |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Heather Francisco, M.Ed. |
Chair: Heather Francisco (Brett DiNovi ) |
JOHN STEEN (07726) |
VERONICA DEPINTO (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC) |
SAMANTHA MOLLICA (07726) |
Abstract: Providing quality and impactful supervision for aspiring Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) is vital for the advancement of our field: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Designing a model for quality supervision is a demanding experience for BCBAs. Limited published resources on how to structure supervision and a responsibility to uphold changing requirements for supervisory practices instituted from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) create quite the task for a supervisor. Sellers, Valentino, & LeBlanc (2016) outline five practices that allow for effective supervision. The five practices include (1) Establish an effective supervisor-supervisee relationship, (2) Establish a structured approach with specific content and competencies, (3) Evaluate the effects of your supervision, (4) Incorporate ethics and professional development into supervision, and (5) Continue the professional relationship post-certification. Supervisors should seek to maximize their supervision sessions with supervisees to achieve professional goals, improve interpersonal skills, develop clinical practice and conceptual knowledge, and most importantly cultivate critical thinkers. The panelists from Brett DiNovi and Associates will offer their respective expertise to answer audience questions about the BACB supervision requirements and how to use the five practices to assess service delivery. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBAs or BCaBAs with 1-2 years experience |
Learning Objectives: Learning objectives are required and should take the following format: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe supervision requirements based on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) 2022 guidelines; (2) identify 5 key evidence based practices for delivering quality supervision for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) (3) develop an effective supervision service delivery model. |
Keyword(s): BACB 2022, Effectice Practices, Supervision |
|
|
|
|
|
Presidential Scholar Address: Giant Rats to the Rescue! Applied Principles Shape Behaviors and Communities |
Saturday, May 28, 2022 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D. |
|
Presidential Scholar Address: Giant Rats to the Rescue! Applied Principles Shape Behaviors and Communities |
Abstract: Adopting fundamental principles of behavior, the Belgian NGO, APOPO, developed a hero out of the most unlikely of creatures, the African giant pouched rat (Cricetomys ansorgei). The rats are native to Tanzania where they have historically been viewed as pests. APOPO established operational headquarters in Tanzania in 2000 to train the rats to use their keen sense of smell for locating buried landmines in former conflict zones. Landmines not only pose serious safety and psychological risks, they also hamper economic development by blocking access to agriculture and displacing communities. To date, APOPO’s rats have safely located more than 140,000 landmines and unexploded ordnances (UXOs) to help return more than 65 million m2 of safe land to local communities in Africa and Southeast Asia. Research that began in 2003 has successfully trained the rats to also detect tuberculosis (TB). Until recently, TB stood as the world’s deadliest infectious disease. Working in partnership with local health authorities in Sub-Saharan Africa, TB-detection rats screen upwards of 100 sputum samples from suspected TB patients in under 20 minutes. To date, the rats have efficiently identified more than 20,000 patients that had otherwise been misdiagnosed, effectively increasing case detection by 40%. Ongoing research continues to inform training techniques by revealing the universal nature of behavioral principles. For example, recent results suggest interventions developed to prevent extinction in scent detection dogs and laboratory rats may reduce the need for routine maintenance training of deployed landmine-detection rats. Applying standardized training procedures in additional lines of research provides insights for optimizing how the rats are deployed and where. Recent results show they can be trained to detect other pathogens posing health and economic risks, contribute to various environmental initiatives by detecting contaminated soil and illegally trafficked wildlife, and even support search and rescue efforts following natural disasters. Through the process of training scent detection rats, APOPO’s collective work continues to shape behaviors, perspectives, and livelihoods. |
|
CYNTHIA FAST (APOPO) |
|
Dr. Cynthia Fast is the Head of Training and Innovation at APOPO, a Belgian NGO that trains African giant pouched rats (Cricetomys ansorgei) for scent detection of humanitarian targets. Cindy has more than twenty years of experience training a variety of animals, including rats, mice, pigeons, and hermit crabs, in addition to family cats, dogs, birds, and horses. She holds a Ph.D. in psychology from UCLA where her research focused on comparative cognition and behavioral neuroscience. While a member of the Behavioral and Systems Neuroscience department at Rutgers University, she investigated the neurobiology of rodent olfaction including how learning influences olfactory sensation and perception. Her research has received numerous professional awards, including the prestigious James McKeen Cattel Gold Medal from the New York Academy of Sciences. She is a member of the Pavlovian Society, Society for Neuroscience, Women in Learning, Association for Chemoreception Sciences, and Comparative Cognition Society and has served as a mentor in both Women in Learning and the STEM Alliance Next Scholars program. |
|
Target Audience: All convention attendees are welcome and encouraged to attend. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) consider shaping strategies tailored to the experiential factors of the individual; (2) evaluate methods for objectively quantifying behavioral changes and their feasibility; (3) explain broader societal and environmental impacts of a project applying behavior analysis; (4) discuss the breadth of applications for the science of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|